lerentis/terraform-provider-gitea
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues 4 Pull Requests Projects 1 Releases Wiki Activity

add vendor

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Malar Invention 2022-04-03 09:37:16 +05:30
parent f96ba5f172
commit 00ebcd295e
2339 changed files with 705854 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

202
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.

526
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata/metadata.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
// Copyright 2014 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package metadata provides access to Google Compute Engine (GCE)
// metadata and API service accounts.
//
// This package is a wrapper around the GCE metadata service,
// as documented at https://developers.google.com/compute/docs/metadata.
package metadata // import "cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata"
import (
"context"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"io/ioutil"
"net"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"os"
"runtime"
"strings"
"sync"
"time"
)
const (
// metadataIP is the documented metadata server IP address.
metadataIP = "169.254.169.254"
// metadataHostEnv is the environment variable specifying the
// GCE metadata hostname. If empty, the default value of
// metadataIP ("169.254.169.254") is used instead.
// This is variable name is not defined by any spec, as far as
// I know; it was made up for the Go package.
metadataHostEnv = "GCE_METADATA_HOST"
userAgent = "gcloud-golang/0.1"
)
type cachedValue struct {
k string
trim bool
mu sync.Mutex
v string
}
var (
projID = &cachedValue{k: "project/project-id", trim: true}
projNum = &cachedValue{k: "project/numeric-project-id", trim: true}
instID = &cachedValue{k: "instance/id", trim: true}
)
var (
defaultClient = &Client{hc: &http.Client{
Transport: &http.Transport{
Dial: (&net.Dialer{
Timeout: 2 * time.Second,
KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
}).Dial,
ResponseHeaderTimeout: 2 * time.Second,
},
}}
subscribeClient = &Client{hc: &http.Client{
Transport: &http.Transport{
Dial: (&net.Dialer{
Timeout: 2 * time.Second,
KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
}).Dial,
},
}}
)
// NotDefinedError is returned when requested metadata is not defined.
//
// The underlying string is the suffix after "/computeMetadata/v1/".
//
// This error is not returned if the value is defined to be the empty
// string.
type NotDefinedError string
func (suffix NotDefinedError) Error() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("metadata: GCE metadata %q not defined", string(suffix))
}
func (c *cachedValue) get(cl *Client) (v string, err error) {
defer c.mu.Unlock()
c.mu.Lock()
if c.v != "" {
return c.v, nil
}
if c.trim {
v, err = cl.getTrimmed(c.k)
} else {
v, err = cl.Get(c.k)
}
if err == nil {
c.v = v
}
return
}
var (
onGCEOnce sync.Once
onGCE bool
)
// OnGCE reports whether this process is running on Google Compute Engine.
func OnGCE() bool {
onGCEOnce.Do(initOnGCE)
return onGCE
}
func initOnGCE() {
onGCE = testOnGCE()
}
func testOnGCE() bool {
// The user explicitly said they're on GCE, so trust them.
if os.Getenv(metadataHostEnv) != "" {
return true
}
ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(context.Background())
defer cancel()
resc := make(chan bool, 2)
// Try two strategies in parallel.
// See https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/issues/194
go func() {
req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", "http://"+metadataIP, nil)
req.Header.Set("User-Agent", userAgent)
res, err := defaultClient.hc.Do(req.WithContext(ctx))
if err != nil {
resc <- false
return
}
defer res.Body.Close()
resc <- res.Header.Get("Metadata-Flavor") == "Google"
}()
go func() {
addrs, err := net.LookupHost("metadata.google.internal")
if err != nil || len(addrs) == 0 {
resc <- false
return
}
resc <- strsContains(addrs, metadataIP)
}()
tryHarder := systemInfoSuggestsGCE()
if tryHarder {
res := <-resc
if res {
// The first strategy succeeded, so let's use it.
return true
}
// Wait for either the DNS or metadata server probe to
// contradict the other one and say we are running on
// GCE. Give it a lot of time to do so, since the system
// info already suggests we're running on a GCE BIOS.
timer := time.NewTimer(5 * time.Second)
defer timer.Stop()
select {
case res = <-resc:
return res
case <-timer.C:
// Too slow. Who knows what this system is.
return false
}
}
// There's no hint from the system info that we're running on
// GCE, so use the first probe's result as truth, whether it's
// true or false. The goal here is to optimize for speed for
// users who are NOT running on GCE. We can't assume that
// either a DNS lookup or an HTTP request to a blackholed IP
// address is fast. Worst case this should return when the
// metaClient's Transport.ResponseHeaderTimeout or
// Transport.Dial.Timeout fires (in two seconds).
return <-resc
}
// systemInfoSuggestsGCE reports whether the local system (without
// doing network requests) suggests that we're running on GCE. If this
// returns true, testOnGCE tries a bit harder to reach its metadata
// server.
func systemInfoSuggestsGCE() bool {
if runtime.GOOS != "linux" {
// We don't have any non-Linux clues available, at least yet.
return false
}
slurp, _ := ioutil.ReadFile("/sys/class/dmi/id/product_name")
name := strings.TrimSpace(string(slurp))
return name == "Google" || name == "Google Compute Engine"
}
// Subscribe calls Client.Subscribe on a client designed for subscribing (one with no
// ResponseHeaderTimeout).
func Subscribe(suffix string, fn func(v string, ok bool) error) error {
return subscribeClient.Subscribe(suffix, fn)
}
// Get calls Client.Get on the default client.
func Get(suffix string) (string, error) { return defaultClient.Get(suffix) }
// ProjectID returns the current instance's project ID string.
func ProjectID() (string, error) { return defaultClient.ProjectID() }
// NumericProjectID returns the current instance's numeric project ID.
func NumericProjectID() (string, error) { return defaultClient.NumericProjectID() }
// InternalIP returns the instance's primary internal IP address.
func InternalIP() (string, error) { return defaultClient.InternalIP() }
// ExternalIP returns the instance's primary external (public) IP address.
func ExternalIP() (string, error) { return defaultClient.ExternalIP() }
// Email calls Client.Email on the default client.
func Email(serviceAccount string) (string, error) { return defaultClient.Email(serviceAccount) }
// Hostname returns the instance's hostname. This will be of the form
// "<instanceID>.c.<projID>.internal".
func Hostname() (string, error) { return defaultClient.Hostname() }
// InstanceTags returns the list of user-defined instance tags,
// assigned when initially creating a GCE instance.
func InstanceTags() ([]string, error) { return defaultClient.InstanceTags() }
// InstanceID returns the current VM's numeric instance ID.
func InstanceID() (string, error) { return defaultClient.InstanceID() }
// InstanceName returns the current VM's instance ID string.
func InstanceName() (string, error) { return defaultClient.InstanceName() }
// Zone returns the current VM's zone, such as "us-central1-b".
func Zone() (string, error) { return defaultClient.Zone() }
// InstanceAttributes calls Client.InstanceAttributes on the default client.
func InstanceAttributes() ([]string, error) { return defaultClient.InstanceAttributes() }
// ProjectAttributes calls Client.ProjectAttributes on the default client.
func ProjectAttributes() ([]string, error) { return defaultClient.ProjectAttributes() }
// InstanceAttributeValue calls Client.InstanceAttributeValue on the default client.
func InstanceAttributeValue(attr string) (string, error) {
return defaultClient.InstanceAttributeValue(attr)
}
// ProjectAttributeValue calls Client.ProjectAttributeValue on the default client.
func ProjectAttributeValue(attr string) (string, error) {
return defaultClient.ProjectAttributeValue(attr)
}
// Scopes calls Client.Scopes on the default client.
func Scopes(serviceAccount string) ([]string, error) { return defaultClient.Scopes(serviceAccount) }
func strsContains(ss []string, s string) bool {
for _, v := range ss {
if v == s {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// A Client provides metadata.
type Client struct {
hc *http.Client
}
// NewClient returns a Client that can be used to fetch metadata. All HTTP requests
// will use the given http.Client instead of the default client.
func NewClient(c *http.Client) *Client {
return &Client{hc: c}
}
// getETag returns a value from the metadata service as well as the associated ETag.
// This func is otherwise equivalent to Get.
func (c *Client) getETag(suffix string) (value, etag string, err error) {
// Using a fixed IP makes it very difficult to spoof the metadata service in
// a container, which is an important use-case for local testing of cloud
// deployments. To enable spoofing of the metadata service, the environment
// variable GCE_METADATA_HOST is first inspected to decide where metadata
// requests shall go.
host := os.Getenv(metadataHostEnv)
if host == "" {
// Using 169.254.169.254 instead of "metadata" here because Go
// binaries built with the "netgo" tag and without cgo won't
// know the search suffix for "metadata" is
// ".google.internal", and this IP address is documented as
// being stable anyway.
host = metadataIP
}
u := "http://" + host + "/computeMetadata/v1/" + suffix
req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u, nil)
req.Header.Set("Metadata-Flavor", "Google")
req.Header.Set("User-Agent", userAgent)
res, err := c.hc.Do(req)
if err != nil {
return "", "", err
}
defer res.Body.Close()
if res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
return "", "", NotDefinedError(suffix)
}
all, err := ioutil.ReadAll(res.Body)
if err != nil {
return "", "", err
}
if res.StatusCode != 200 {
return "", "", &Error{Code: res.StatusCode, Message: string(all)}
}
return string(all), res.Header.Get("Etag"), nil
}
// Get returns a value from the metadata service.
// The suffix is appended to "http://${GCE_METADATA_HOST}/computeMetadata/v1/".
//
// If the GCE_METADATA_HOST environment variable is not defined, a default of
// 169.254.169.254 will be used instead.
//
// If the requested metadata is not defined, the returned error will
// be of type NotDefinedError.
func (c *Client) Get(suffix string) (string, error) {
val, _, err := c.getETag(suffix)
return val, err
}
func (c *Client) getTrimmed(suffix string) (s string, err error) {
s, err = c.Get(suffix)
s = strings.TrimSpace(s)
return
}
func (c *Client) lines(suffix string) ([]string, error) {
j, err := c.Get(suffix)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
s := strings.Split(strings.TrimSpace(j), "\n")
for i := range s {
s[i] = strings.TrimSpace(s[i])
}
return s, nil
}
// ProjectID returns the current instance's project ID string.
func (c *Client) ProjectID() (string, error) { return projID.get(c) }
// NumericProjectID returns the current instance's numeric project ID.
func (c *Client) NumericProjectID() (string, error) { return projNum.get(c) }
// InstanceID returns the current VM's numeric instance ID.
func (c *Client) InstanceID() (string, error) { return instID.get(c) }
// InternalIP returns the instance's primary internal IP address.
func (c *Client) InternalIP() (string, error) {
return c.getTrimmed("instance/network-interfaces/0/ip")
}
// Email returns the email address associated with the service account.
// The account may be empty or the string "default" to use the instance's
// main account.
func (c *Client) Email(serviceAccount string) (string, error) {
if serviceAccount == "" {
serviceAccount = "default"
}
return c.getTrimmed("instance/service-accounts/" + serviceAccount + "/email")
}
// ExternalIP returns the instance's primary external (public) IP address.
func (c *Client) ExternalIP() (string, error) {
return c.getTrimmed("instance/network-interfaces/0/access-configs/0/external-ip")
}
// Hostname returns the instance's hostname. This will be of the form
// "<instanceID>.c.<projID>.internal".
func (c *Client) Hostname() (string, error) {
return c.getTrimmed("instance/hostname")
}
// InstanceTags returns the list of user-defined instance tags,
// assigned when initially creating a GCE instance.
func (c *Client) InstanceTags() ([]string, error) {
var s []string
j, err := c.Get("instance/tags")
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := json.NewDecoder(strings.NewReader(j)).Decode(&s); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return s, nil
}
// InstanceName returns the current VM's instance ID string.
func (c *Client) InstanceName() (string, error) {
host, err := c.Hostname()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
return strings.Split(host, ".")[0], nil
}
// Zone returns the current VM's zone, such as "us-central1-b".
func (c *Client) Zone() (string, error) {
zone, err := c.getTrimmed("instance/zone")
// zone is of the form "projects/<projNum>/zones/<zoneName>".
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
return zone[strings.LastIndex(zone, "/")+1:], nil
}
// InstanceAttributes returns the list of user-defined attributes,
// assigned when initially creating a GCE VM instance. The value of an
// attribute can be obtained with InstanceAttributeValue.
func (c *Client) InstanceAttributes() ([]string, error) { return c.lines("instance/attributes/") }
// ProjectAttributes returns the list of user-defined attributes
// applying to the project as a whole, not just this VM. The value of
// an attribute can be obtained with ProjectAttributeValue.
func (c *Client) ProjectAttributes() ([]string, error) { return c.lines("project/attributes/") }
// InstanceAttributeValue returns the value of the provided VM
// instance attribute.
//
// If the requested attribute is not defined, the returned error will
// be of type NotDefinedError.
//
// InstanceAttributeValue may return ("", nil) if the attribute was
// defined to be the empty string.
func (c *Client) InstanceAttributeValue(attr string) (string, error) {
return c.Get("instance/attributes/" + attr)
}
// ProjectAttributeValue returns the value of the provided
// project attribute.
//
// If the requested attribute is not defined, the returned error will
// be of type NotDefinedError.
//
// ProjectAttributeValue may return ("", nil) if the attribute was
// defined to be the empty string.
func (c *Client) ProjectAttributeValue(attr string) (string, error) {
return c.Get("project/attributes/" + attr)
}
// Scopes returns the service account scopes for the given account.
// The account may be empty or the string "default" to use the instance's
// main account.
func (c *Client) Scopes(serviceAccount string) ([]string, error) {
if serviceAccount == "" {
serviceAccount = "default"
}
return c.lines("instance/service-accounts/" + serviceAccount + "/scopes")
}
// Subscribe subscribes to a value from the metadata service.
// The suffix is appended to "http://${GCE_METADATA_HOST}/computeMetadata/v1/".
// The suffix may contain query parameters.
//
// Subscribe calls fn with the latest metadata value indicated by the provided
// suffix. If the metadata value is deleted, fn is called with the empty string
// and ok false. Subscribe blocks until fn returns a non-nil error or the value
// is deleted. Subscribe returns the error value returned from the last call to
// fn, which may be nil when ok == false.
func (c *Client) Subscribe(suffix string, fn func(v string, ok bool) error) error {
const failedSubscribeSleep = time.Second * 5
// First check to see if the metadata value exists at all.
val, lastETag, err := c.getETag(suffix)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if err := fn(val, true); err != nil {
return err
}
ok := true
if strings.ContainsRune(suffix, '?') {
suffix += "&wait_for_change=true&last_etag="
} else {
suffix += "?wait_for_change=true&last_etag="
}
for {
val, etag, err := c.getETag(suffix + url.QueryEscape(lastETag))
if err != nil {
if _, deleted := err.(NotDefinedError); !deleted {
time.Sleep(failedSubscribeSleep)
continue // Retry on other errors.
}
ok = false
}
lastETag = etag
if err := fn(val, ok); err != nil || !ok {
return err
}
}
}
// Error contains an error response from the server.
type Error struct {
// Code is the HTTP response status code.
Code int
// Message is the server response message.
Message string
}
func (e *Error) Error() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("compute: Received %d `%s`", e.Code, e.Message)
}

315
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/iam/iam.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
// Copyright 2016 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package iam supports the resource-specific operations of Google Cloud
// IAM (Identity and Access Management) for the Google Cloud Libraries.
// See https://cloud.google.com/iam for more about IAM.
//
// Users of the Google Cloud Libraries will typically not use this package
// directly. Instead they will begin with some resource that supports IAM, like
// a pubsub topic, and call its IAM method to get a Handle for that resource.
package iam
import (
"context"
"fmt"
"time"
gax "github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2"
pb "google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1"
"google.golang.org/grpc"
"google.golang.org/grpc/codes"
"google.golang.org/grpc/metadata"
)
// client abstracts the IAMPolicy API to allow multiple implementations.
type client interface {
Get(ctx context.Context, resource string) (*pb.Policy, error)
Set(ctx context.Context, resource string, p *pb.Policy) error
Test(ctx context.Context, resource string, perms []string) ([]string, error)
}
// grpcClient implements client for the standard gRPC-based IAMPolicy service.
type grpcClient struct {
c pb.IAMPolicyClient
}
var withRetry = gax.WithRetry(func() gax.Retryer {
return gax.OnCodes([]codes.Code{
codes.DeadlineExceeded,
codes.Unavailable,
}, gax.Backoff{
Initial: 100 * time.Millisecond,
Max: 60 * time.Second,
Multiplier: 1.3,
})
})
func (g *grpcClient) Get(ctx context.Context, resource string) (*pb.Policy, error) {
var proto *pb.Policy
md := metadata.Pairs("x-goog-request-params", fmt.Sprintf("%s=%v", "resource", resource))
ctx = insertMetadata(ctx, md)
err := gax.Invoke(ctx, func(ctx context.Context, _ gax.CallSettings) error {
var err error
proto, err = g.c.GetIamPolicy(ctx, &pb.GetIamPolicyRequest{Resource: resource})
return err
}, withRetry)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return proto, nil
}
func (g *grpcClient) Set(ctx context.Context, resource string, p *pb.Policy) error {
md := metadata.Pairs("x-goog-request-params", fmt.Sprintf("%s=%v", "resource", resource))
ctx = insertMetadata(ctx, md)
return gax.Invoke(ctx, func(ctx context.Context, _ gax.CallSettings) error {
_, err := g.c.SetIamPolicy(ctx, &pb.SetIamPolicyRequest{
Resource: resource,
Policy: p,
})
return err
}, withRetry)
}
func (g *grpcClient) Test(ctx context.Context, resource string, perms []string) ([]string, error) {
var res *pb.TestIamPermissionsResponse
md := metadata.Pairs("x-goog-request-params", fmt.Sprintf("%s=%v", "resource", resource))
ctx = insertMetadata(ctx, md)
err := gax.Invoke(ctx, func(ctx context.Context, _ gax.CallSettings) error {
var err error
res, err = g.c.TestIamPermissions(ctx, &pb.TestIamPermissionsRequest{
Resource: resource,
Permissions: perms,
})
return err
}, withRetry)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return res.Permissions, nil
}
// A Handle provides IAM operations for a resource.
type Handle struct {
c client
resource string
}
// InternalNewHandle is for use by the Google Cloud Libraries only.
//
// InternalNewHandle returns a Handle for resource.
// The conn parameter refers to a server that must support the IAMPolicy service.
func InternalNewHandle(conn *grpc.ClientConn, resource string) *Handle {
return InternalNewHandleGRPCClient(pb.NewIAMPolicyClient(conn), resource)
}
// InternalNewHandleGRPCClient is for use by the Google Cloud Libraries only.
//
// InternalNewHandleClient returns a Handle for resource using the given
// grpc service that implements IAM as a mixin
func InternalNewHandleGRPCClient(c pb.IAMPolicyClient, resource string) *Handle {
return InternalNewHandleClient(&grpcClient{c: c}, resource)
}
// InternalNewHandleClient is for use by the Google Cloud Libraries only.
//
// InternalNewHandleClient returns a Handle for resource using the given
// client implementation.
func InternalNewHandleClient(c client, resource string) *Handle {
return &Handle{
c: c,
resource: resource,
}
}
// Policy retrieves the IAM policy for the resource.
func (h *Handle) Policy(ctx context.Context) (*Policy, error) {
proto, err := h.c.Get(ctx, h.resource)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &Policy{InternalProto: proto}, nil
}
// SetPolicy replaces the resource's current policy with the supplied Policy.
//
// If policy was created from a prior call to Get, then the modification will
// only succeed if the policy has not changed since the Get.
func (h *Handle) SetPolicy(ctx context.Context, policy *Policy) error {
return h.c.Set(ctx, h.resource, policy.InternalProto)
}
// TestPermissions returns the subset of permissions that the caller has on the resource.
func (h *Handle) TestPermissions(ctx context.Context, permissions []string) ([]string, error) {
return h.c.Test(ctx, h.resource, permissions)
}
// A RoleName is a name representing a collection of permissions.
type RoleName string
// Common role names.
const (
Owner RoleName = "roles/owner"
Editor RoleName = "roles/editor"
Viewer RoleName = "roles/viewer"
)
const (
// AllUsers is a special member that denotes all users, even unauthenticated ones.
AllUsers = "allUsers"
// AllAuthenticatedUsers is a special member that denotes all authenticated users.
AllAuthenticatedUsers = "allAuthenticatedUsers"
)
// A Policy is a list of Bindings representing roles
// granted to members.
//
// The zero Policy is a valid policy with no bindings.
type Policy struct {
// TODO(jba): when type aliases are available, put Policy into an internal package
// and provide an exported alias here.
// This field is exported for use by the Google Cloud Libraries only.
// It may become unexported in a future release.
InternalProto *pb.Policy
}
// Members returns the list of members with the supplied role.
// The return value should not be modified. Use Add and Remove
// to modify the members of a role.
func (p *Policy) Members(r RoleName) []string {
b := p.binding(r)
if b == nil {
return nil
}
return b.Members
}
// HasRole reports whether member has role r.
func (p *Policy) HasRole(member string, r RoleName) bool {
return memberIndex(member, p.binding(r)) >= 0
}
// Add adds member member to role r if it is not already present.
// A new binding is created if there is no binding for the role.
func (p *Policy) Add(member string, r RoleName) {
b := p.binding(r)
if b == nil {
if p.InternalProto == nil {
p.InternalProto = &pb.Policy{}
}
p.InternalProto.Bindings = append(p.InternalProto.Bindings, &pb.Binding{
Role: string(r),
Members: []string{member},
})
return
}
if memberIndex(member, b) < 0 {
b.Members = append(b.Members, member)
return
}
}
// Remove removes member from role r if it is present.
func (p *Policy) Remove(member string, r RoleName) {
bi := p.bindingIndex(r)
if bi < 0 {
return
}
bindings := p.InternalProto.Bindings
b := bindings[bi]
mi := memberIndex(member, b)
if mi < 0 {
return
}
// Order doesn't matter for bindings or members, so to remove, move the last item
// into the removed spot and shrink the slice.
if len(b.Members) == 1 {
// Remove binding.
last := len(bindings) - 1
bindings[bi] = bindings[last]
bindings[last] = nil
p.InternalProto.Bindings = bindings[:last]
return
}
// Remove member.
// TODO(jba): worry about multiple copies of m?
last := len(b.Members) - 1
b.Members[mi] = b.Members[last]
b.Members[last] = ""
b.Members = b.Members[:last]
}
// Roles returns the names of all the roles that appear in the Policy.
func (p *Policy) Roles() []RoleName {
if p.InternalProto == nil {
return nil
}
var rns []RoleName
for _, b := range p.InternalProto.Bindings {
rns = append(rns, RoleName(b.Role))
}
return rns
}
// binding returns the Binding for the suppied role, or nil if there isn't one.
func (p *Policy) binding(r RoleName) *pb.Binding {
i := p.bindingIndex(r)
if i < 0 {
return nil
}
return p.InternalProto.Bindings[i]
}
func (p *Policy) bindingIndex(r RoleName) int {
if p.InternalProto == nil {
return -1
}
for i, b := range p.InternalProto.Bindings {
if b.Role == string(r) {
return i
}
}
return -1
}
// memberIndex returns the index of m in b's Members, or -1 if not found.
func memberIndex(m string, b *pb.Binding) int {
if b == nil {
return -1
}
for i, mm := range b.Members {
if mm == m {
return i
}
}
return -1
}
// insertMetadata inserts metadata into the given context
func insertMetadata(ctx context.Context, mds ...metadata.MD) context.Context {
out, _ := metadata.FromOutgoingContext(ctx)
out = out.Copy()
for _, md := range mds {
for k, v := range md {
out[k] = append(out[k], v...)
}
}
return metadata.NewOutgoingContext(ctx, out)
}

54
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/annotate.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
// Copyright 2017 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package internal
import (
"fmt"
"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
"google.golang.org/grpc/status"
)
// Annotate prepends msg to the error message in err, attempting
// to preserve other information in err, like an error code.
//
// Annotate panics if err is nil.
//
// Annotate knows about these error types:
// - "google.golang.org/grpc/status".Status
// - "google.golang.org/api/googleapi".Error
// If the error is not one of these types, Annotate behaves
// like
// fmt.Errorf("%s: %v", msg, err)
func Annotate(err error, msg string) error {
if err == nil {
panic("Annotate called with nil")
}
if s, ok := status.FromError(err); ok {
p := s.Proto()
p.Message = msg + ": " + p.Message
return status.ErrorProto(p)
}
if g, ok := err.(*googleapi.Error); ok {
g.Message = msg + ": " + g.Message
return g
}
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %v", msg, err)
}
// Annotatef uses format and args to format a string, then calls Annotate.
func Annotatef(err error, format string, args ...interface{}) error {
return Annotate(err, fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
}

108
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/optional/optional.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
// Copyright 2016 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package optional provides versions of primitive types that can
// be nil. These are useful in methods that update some of an API object's
// fields.
package optional
import (
"fmt"
"strings"
"time"
)
type (
// Bool is either a bool or nil.
Bool interface{}
// String is either a string or nil.
String interface{}
// Int is either an int or nil.
Int interface{}
// Uint is either a uint or nil.
Uint interface{}
// Float64 is either a float64 or nil.
Float64 interface{}
// Duration is either a time.Duration or nil.
Duration interface{}
)
// ToBool returns its argument as a bool.
// It panics if its argument is nil or not a bool.
func ToBool(v Bool) bool {
x, ok := v.(bool)
if !ok {
doPanic("Bool", v)
}
return x
}
// ToString returns its argument as a string.
// It panics if its argument is nil or not a string.
func ToString(v String) string {
x, ok := v.(string)
if !ok {
doPanic("String", v)
}
return x
}
// ToInt returns its argument as an int.
// It panics if its argument is nil or not an int.
func ToInt(v Int) int {
x, ok := v.(int)
if !ok {
doPanic("Int", v)
}
return x
}
// ToUint returns its argument as a uint.
// It panics if its argument is nil or not a uint.
func ToUint(v Uint) uint {
x, ok := v.(uint)
if !ok {
doPanic("Uint", v)
}
return x
}
// ToFloat64 returns its argument as a float64.
// It panics if its argument is nil or not a float64.
func ToFloat64(v Float64) float64 {
x, ok := v.(float64)
if !ok {
doPanic("Float64", v)
}
return x
}
// ToDuration returns its argument as a time.Duration.
// It panics if its argument is nil or not a time.Duration.
func ToDuration(v Duration) time.Duration {
x, ok := v.(time.Duration)
if !ok {
doPanic("Duration", v)
}
return x
}
func doPanic(capType string, v interface{}) {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("optional.%s value should be %s, got %T", capType, strings.ToLower(capType), v))
}

54
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/retry.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
// Copyright 2016 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package internal
import (
"context"
"time"
gax "github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2"
)
// Retry calls the supplied function f repeatedly according to the provided
// backoff parameters. It returns when one of the following occurs:
// When f's first return value is true, Retry immediately returns with f's second
// return value.
// When the provided context is done, Retry returns with an error that
// includes both ctx.Error() and the last error returned by f.
func Retry(ctx context.Context, bo gax.Backoff, f func() (stop bool, err error)) error {
return retry(ctx, bo, f, gax.Sleep)
}
func retry(ctx context.Context, bo gax.Backoff, f func() (stop bool, err error),
sleep func(context.Context, time.Duration) error) error {
var lastErr error
for {
stop, err := f()
if stop {
return err
}
// Remember the last "real" error from f.
if err != nil && err != context.Canceled && err != context.DeadlineExceeded {
lastErr = err
}
p := bo.Pause()
if cerr := sleep(ctx, p); cerr != nil {
if lastErr != nil {
return Annotatef(lastErr, "retry failed with %v; last error", cerr)
}
return cerr
}
}
}

109
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/trace/trace.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
// Copyright 2018 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package trace
import (
"context"
"fmt"
"go.opencensus.io/trace"
"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
"google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc/code"
"google.golang.org/grpc/status"
)
// StartSpan adds a span to the trace with the given name.
func StartSpan(ctx context.Context, name string) context.Context {
ctx, _ = trace.StartSpan(ctx, name)
return ctx
}
// EndSpan ends a span with the given error.
func EndSpan(ctx context.Context, err error) {
span := trace.FromContext(ctx)
if err != nil {
span.SetStatus(toStatus(err))
}
span.End()
}
// toStatus interrogates an error and converts it to an appropriate
// OpenCensus status.
func toStatus(err error) trace.Status {
if err2, ok := err.(*googleapi.Error); ok {
return trace.Status{Code: httpStatusCodeToOCCode(err2.Code), Message: err2.Message}
} else if s, ok := status.FromError(err); ok {
return trace.Status{Code: int32(s.Code()), Message: s.Message()}
} else {
return trace.Status{Code: int32(code.Code_UNKNOWN), Message: err.Error()}
}
}
// TODO(deklerk): switch to using OpenCensus function when it becomes available.
// Reference: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/26b634d2724ac5dd30ae0b0cbfb01f07f2e4050e/google/rpc/code.proto
func httpStatusCodeToOCCode(httpStatusCode int) int32 {
switch httpStatusCode {
case 200:
return int32(code.Code_OK)
case 499:
return int32(code.Code_CANCELLED)
case 500:
return int32(code.Code_UNKNOWN) // Could also be Code_INTERNAL, Code_DATA_LOSS
case 400:
return int32(code.Code_INVALID_ARGUMENT) // Could also be Code_OUT_OF_RANGE
case 504:
return int32(code.Code_DEADLINE_EXCEEDED)
case 404:
return int32(code.Code_NOT_FOUND)
case 409:
return int32(code.Code_ALREADY_EXISTS) // Could also be Code_ABORTED
case 403:
return int32(code.Code_PERMISSION_DENIED)
case 401:
return int32(code.Code_UNAUTHENTICATED)
case 429:
return int32(code.Code_RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED)
case 501:
return int32(code.Code_UNIMPLEMENTED)
case 503:
return int32(code.Code_UNAVAILABLE)
default:
return int32(code.Code_UNKNOWN)
}
}
// TODO: (odeke-em): perhaps just pass around spans due to the cost
// incurred from using trace.FromContext(ctx) yet we could avoid
// throwing away the work done by ctx, span := trace.StartSpan.
func TracePrintf(ctx context.Context, attrMap map[string]interface{}, format string, args ...interface{}) {
var attrs []trace.Attribute
for k, v := range attrMap {
var a trace.Attribute
switch v := v.(type) {
case string:
a = trace.StringAttribute(k, v)
case bool:
a = trace.BoolAttribute(k, v)
case int:
a = trace.Int64Attribute(k, int64(v))
case int64:
a = trace.Int64Attribute(k, v)
default:
a = trace.StringAttribute(k, fmt.Sprintf("%#v", v))
}
attrs = append(attrs, a)
}
trace.FromContext(ctx).Annotatef(attrs, format, args...)
}

19
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/version/update_version.sh generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
#!/bin/bash
# Copyright 2019 Google LLC
#
# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
# You may obtain a copy of the License at
#
# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
#
# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
# limitations under the License.
today=$(date +%Y%m%d)
sed -i -r -e 's/const Repo = "([0-9]{8})"/const Repo = "'$today'"/' $GOFILE

71
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/version/version.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
// Copyright 2016 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
//go:generate ./update_version.sh
// Package version contains version information for Google Cloud Client
// Libraries for Go, as reported in request headers.
package version
import (
"runtime"
"strings"
"unicode"
)
// Repo is the current version of the client libraries in this
// repo. It should be a date in YYYYMMDD format.
const Repo = "20190802"
// Go returns the Go runtime version. The returned string
// has no whitespace.
func Go() string {
return goVersion
}
var goVersion = goVer(runtime.Version())
const develPrefix = "devel +"
func goVer(s string) string {
if strings.HasPrefix(s, develPrefix) {
s = s[len(develPrefix):]
if p := strings.IndexFunc(s, unicode.IsSpace); p >= 0 {
s = s[:p]
}
return s
}
if strings.HasPrefix(s, "go1") {
s = s[2:]
var prerelease string
if p := strings.IndexFunc(s, notSemverRune); p >= 0 {
s, prerelease = s[:p], s[p:]
}
if strings.HasSuffix(s, ".") {
s += "0"
} else if strings.Count(s, ".") < 2 {
s += ".0"
}
if prerelease != "" {
s += "-" + prerelease
}
return s
}
return ""
}
func notSemverRune(r rune) bool {
return !strings.ContainsRune("0123456789.", r)
}

32
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/README.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
## Cloud Storage [![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/cloud.google.com/go/storage?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/cloud.google.com/go/storage)
- [About Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/)
- [API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs)
- [Go client documentation](https://godoc.org/cloud.google.com/go/storage)
- [Complete sample programs](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/golang-samples/tree/master/storage)
### Example Usage
First create a `storage.Client` to use throughout your application:
[snip]:# (storage-1)
```go
client, err := storage.NewClient(ctx)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
```
[snip]:# (storage-2)
```go
// Read the object1 from bucket.
rc, err := client.Bucket("bucket").Object("object1").NewReader(ctx)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
defer rc.Close()
body, err := ioutil.ReadAll(rc)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
```

335
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/acl.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
// Copyright 2014 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package storage
import (
"context"
"net/http"
"reflect"
"cloud.google.com/go/internal/trace"
"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
raw "google.golang.org/api/storage/v1"
)
// ACLRole is the level of access to grant.
type ACLRole string
const (
RoleOwner ACLRole = "OWNER"
RoleReader ACLRole = "READER"
RoleWriter ACLRole = "WRITER"
)
// ACLEntity refers to a user or group.
// They are sometimes referred to as grantees.
//
// It could be in the form of:
// "user-<userId>", "user-<email>", "group-<groupId>", "group-<email>",
// "domain-<domain>" and "project-team-<projectId>".
//
// Or one of the predefined constants: AllUsers, AllAuthenticatedUsers.
type ACLEntity string
const (
AllUsers ACLEntity = "allUsers"
AllAuthenticatedUsers ACLEntity = "allAuthenticatedUsers"
)
// ACLRule represents a grant for a role to an entity (user, group or team) for a
// Google Cloud Storage object or bucket.
type ACLRule struct {
Entity ACLEntity
EntityID string
Role ACLRole
Domain string
Email string
ProjectTeam *ProjectTeam
}
// ProjectTeam is the project team associated with the entity, if any.
type ProjectTeam struct {
ProjectNumber string
Team string
}
// ACLHandle provides operations on an access control list for a Google Cloud Storage bucket or object.
type ACLHandle struct {
c *Client
bucket string
object string
isDefault bool
userProject string // for requester-pays buckets
}
// Delete permanently deletes the ACL entry for the given entity.
func (a *ACLHandle) Delete(ctx context.Context, entity ACLEntity) (err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.ACL.Delete")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
if a.object != "" {
return a.objectDelete(ctx, entity)
}
if a.isDefault {
return a.bucketDefaultDelete(ctx, entity)
}
return a.bucketDelete(ctx, entity)
}
// Set sets the role for the given entity.
func (a *ACLHandle) Set(ctx context.Context, entity ACLEntity, role ACLRole) (err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.ACL.Set")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
if a.object != "" {
return a.objectSet(ctx, entity, role, false)
}
if a.isDefault {
return a.objectSet(ctx, entity, role, true)
}
return a.bucketSet(ctx, entity, role)
}
// List retrieves ACL entries.
func (a *ACLHandle) List(ctx context.Context) (rules []ACLRule, err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.ACL.List")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
if a.object != "" {
return a.objectList(ctx)
}
if a.isDefault {
return a.bucketDefaultList(ctx)
}
return a.bucketList(ctx)
}
func (a *ACLHandle) bucketDefaultList(ctx context.Context) ([]ACLRule, error) {
var acls *raw.ObjectAccessControls
var err error
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
req := a.c.raw.DefaultObjectAccessControls.List(a.bucket)
a.configureCall(ctx, req)
acls, err = req.Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return toObjectACLRules(acls.Items), nil
}
func (a *ACLHandle) bucketDefaultDelete(ctx context.Context, entity ACLEntity) error {
return runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
req := a.c.raw.DefaultObjectAccessControls.Delete(a.bucket, string(entity))
a.configureCall(ctx, req)
return req.Do()
})
}
func (a *ACLHandle) bucketList(ctx context.Context) ([]ACLRule, error) {
var acls *raw.BucketAccessControls
var err error
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
req := a.c.raw.BucketAccessControls.List(a.bucket)
a.configureCall(ctx, req)
acls, err = req.Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return toBucketACLRules(acls.Items), nil
}
func (a *ACLHandle) bucketSet(ctx context.Context, entity ACLEntity, role ACLRole) error {
acl := &raw.BucketAccessControl{
Bucket: a.bucket,
Entity: string(entity),
Role: string(role),
}
err := runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
req := a.c.raw.BucketAccessControls.Update(a.bucket, string(entity), acl)
a.configureCall(ctx, req)
_, err := req.Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
func (a *ACLHandle) bucketDelete(ctx context.Context, entity ACLEntity) error {
return runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
req := a.c.raw.BucketAccessControls.Delete(a.bucket, string(entity))
a.configureCall(ctx, req)
return req.Do()
})
}
func (a *ACLHandle) objectList(ctx context.Context) ([]ACLRule, error) {
var acls *raw.ObjectAccessControls
var err error
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
req := a.c.raw.ObjectAccessControls.List(a.bucket, a.object)
a.configureCall(ctx, req)
acls, err = req.Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return toObjectACLRules(acls.Items), nil
}
func (a *ACLHandle) objectSet(ctx context.Context, entity ACLEntity, role ACLRole, isBucketDefault bool) error {
type setRequest interface {
Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*raw.ObjectAccessControl, error)
Header() http.Header
}
acl := &raw.ObjectAccessControl{
Bucket: a.bucket,
Entity: string(entity),
Role: string(role),
}
var req setRequest
if isBucketDefault {
req = a.c.raw.DefaultObjectAccessControls.Update(a.bucket, string(entity), acl)
} else {
req = a.c.raw.ObjectAccessControls.Update(a.bucket, a.object, string(entity), acl)
}
a.configureCall(ctx, req)
return runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
_, err := req.Do()
return err
})
}
func (a *ACLHandle) objectDelete(ctx context.Context, entity ACLEntity) error {
return runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
req := a.c.raw.ObjectAccessControls.Delete(a.bucket, a.object, string(entity))
a.configureCall(ctx, req)
return req.Do()
})
}
func (a *ACLHandle) configureCall(ctx context.Context, call interface{ Header() http.Header }) {
vc := reflect.ValueOf(call)
vc.MethodByName("Context").Call([]reflect.Value{reflect.ValueOf(ctx)})
if a.userProject != "" {
vc.MethodByName("UserProject").Call([]reflect.Value{reflect.ValueOf(a.userProject)})
}
setClientHeader(call.Header())
}
func toObjectACLRules(items []*raw.ObjectAccessControl) []ACLRule {
var rs []ACLRule
for _, item := range items {
rs = append(rs, toObjectACLRule(item))
}
return rs
}
func toBucketACLRules(items []*raw.BucketAccessControl) []ACLRule {
var rs []ACLRule
for _, item := range items {
rs = append(rs, toBucketACLRule(item))
}
return rs
}
func toObjectACLRule(a *raw.ObjectAccessControl) ACLRule {
return ACLRule{
Entity: ACLEntity(a.Entity),
EntityID: a.EntityId,
Role: ACLRole(a.Role),
Domain: a.Domain,
Email: a.Email,
ProjectTeam: toObjectProjectTeam(a.ProjectTeam),
}
}
func toBucketACLRule(a *raw.BucketAccessControl) ACLRule {
return ACLRule{
Entity: ACLEntity(a.Entity),
EntityID: a.EntityId,
Role: ACLRole(a.Role),
Domain: a.Domain,
Email: a.Email,
ProjectTeam: toBucketProjectTeam(a.ProjectTeam),
}
}
func toRawObjectACL(rules []ACLRule) []*raw.ObjectAccessControl {
if len(rules) == 0 {
return nil
}
r := make([]*raw.ObjectAccessControl, 0, len(rules))
for _, rule := range rules {
r = append(r, rule.toRawObjectAccessControl("")) // bucket name unnecessary
}
return r
}
func toRawBucketACL(rules []ACLRule) []*raw.BucketAccessControl {
if len(rules) == 0 {
return nil
}
r := make([]*raw.BucketAccessControl, 0, len(rules))
for _, rule := range rules {
r = append(r, rule.toRawBucketAccessControl("")) // bucket name unnecessary
}
return r
}
func (r ACLRule) toRawBucketAccessControl(bucket string) *raw.BucketAccessControl {
return &raw.BucketAccessControl{
Bucket: bucket,
Entity: string(r.Entity),
Role: string(r.Role),
// The other fields are not settable.
}
}
func (r ACLRule) toRawObjectAccessControl(bucket string) *raw.ObjectAccessControl {
return &raw.ObjectAccessControl{
Bucket: bucket,
Entity: string(r.Entity),
Role: string(r.Role),
// The other fields are not settable.
}
}
func toBucketProjectTeam(p *raw.BucketAccessControlProjectTeam) *ProjectTeam {
if p == nil {
return nil
}
return &ProjectTeam{
ProjectNumber: p.ProjectNumber,
Team: p.Team,
}
}
func toObjectProjectTeam(p *raw.ObjectAccessControlProjectTeam) *ProjectTeam {
if p == nil {
return nil
}
return &ProjectTeam{
ProjectNumber: p.ProjectNumber,
Team: p.Team,
}
}

1195
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/bucket.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

228
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/copy.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
// Copyright 2016 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package storage
import (
"context"
"errors"
"fmt"
"cloud.google.com/go/internal/trace"
raw "google.golang.org/api/storage/v1"
)
// CopierFrom creates a Copier that can copy src to dst.
// You can immediately call Run on the returned Copier, or
// you can configure it first.
//
// For Requester Pays buckets, the user project of dst is billed, unless it is empty,
// in which case the user project of src is billed.
func (dst *ObjectHandle) CopierFrom(src *ObjectHandle) *Copier {
return &Copier{dst: dst, src: src}
}
// A Copier copies a source object to a destination.
type Copier struct {
// ObjectAttrs are optional attributes to set on the destination object.
// Any attributes must be initialized before any calls on the Copier. Nil
// or zero-valued attributes are ignored.
ObjectAttrs
// RewriteToken can be set before calling Run to resume a copy
// operation. After Run returns a non-nil error, RewriteToken will
// have been updated to contain the value needed to resume the copy.
RewriteToken string
// ProgressFunc can be used to monitor the progress of a multi-RPC copy
// operation. If ProgressFunc is not nil and copying requires multiple
// calls to the underlying service (see
// https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/objects/rewrite), then
// ProgressFunc will be invoked after each call with the number of bytes of
// content copied so far and the total size in bytes of the source object.
//
// ProgressFunc is intended to make upload progress available to the
// application. For example, the implementation of ProgressFunc may update
// a progress bar in the application's UI, or log the result of
// float64(copiedBytes)/float64(totalBytes).
//
// ProgressFunc should return quickly without blocking.
ProgressFunc func(copiedBytes, totalBytes uint64)
// The Cloud KMS key, in the form projects/P/locations/L/keyRings/R/cryptoKeys/K,
// that will be used to encrypt the object. Overrides the object's KMSKeyName, if
// any.
//
// Providing both a DestinationKMSKeyName and a customer-supplied encryption key
// (via ObjectHandle.Key) on the destination object will result in an error when
// Run is called.
DestinationKMSKeyName string
dst, src *ObjectHandle
}
// Run performs the copy.
func (c *Copier) Run(ctx context.Context) (attrs *ObjectAttrs, err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.Copier.Run")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
if err := c.src.validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.dst.validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if c.DestinationKMSKeyName != "" && c.dst.encryptionKey != nil {
return nil, errors.New("storage: cannot use DestinationKMSKeyName with a customer-supplied encryption key")
}
// Convert destination attributes to raw form, omitting the bucket.
// If the bucket is included but name or content-type aren't, the service
// returns a 400 with "Required" as the only message. Omitting the bucket
// does not cause any problems.
rawObject := c.ObjectAttrs.toRawObject("")
for {
res, err := c.callRewrite(ctx, rawObject)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if c.ProgressFunc != nil {
c.ProgressFunc(uint64(res.TotalBytesRewritten), uint64(res.ObjectSize))
}
if res.Done { // Finished successfully.
return newObject(res.Resource), nil
}
}
}
func (c *Copier) callRewrite(ctx context.Context, rawObj *raw.Object) (*raw.RewriteResponse, error) {
call := c.dst.c.raw.Objects.Rewrite(c.src.bucket, c.src.object, c.dst.bucket, c.dst.object, rawObj)
call.Context(ctx).Projection("full")
if c.RewriteToken != "" {
call.RewriteToken(c.RewriteToken)
}
if c.DestinationKMSKeyName != "" {
call.DestinationKmsKeyName(c.DestinationKMSKeyName)
}
if c.PredefinedACL != "" {
call.DestinationPredefinedAcl(c.PredefinedACL)
}
if err := applyConds("Copy destination", c.dst.gen, c.dst.conds, call); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if c.dst.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(c.dst.userProject)
} else if c.src.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(c.src.userProject)
}
if err := applySourceConds(c.src.gen, c.src.conds, call); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := setEncryptionHeaders(call.Header(), c.dst.encryptionKey, false); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := setEncryptionHeaders(call.Header(), c.src.encryptionKey, true); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var res *raw.RewriteResponse
var err error
setClientHeader(call.Header())
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error { res, err = call.Do(); return err })
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
c.RewriteToken = res.RewriteToken
return res, nil
}
// ComposerFrom creates a Composer that can compose srcs into dst.
// You can immediately call Run on the returned Composer, or you can
// configure it first.
//
// The encryption key for the destination object will be used to decrypt all
// source objects and encrypt the destination object. It is an error
// to specify an encryption key for any of the source objects.
func (dst *ObjectHandle) ComposerFrom(srcs ...*ObjectHandle) *Composer {
return &Composer{dst: dst, srcs: srcs}
}
// A Composer composes source objects into a destination object.
//
// For Requester Pays buckets, the user project of dst is billed.
type Composer struct {
// ObjectAttrs are optional attributes to set on the destination object.
// Any attributes must be initialized before any calls on the Composer. Nil
// or zero-valued attributes are ignored.
ObjectAttrs
dst *ObjectHandle
srcs []*ObjectHandle
}
// Run performs the compose operation.
func (c *Composer) Run(ctx context.Context) (attrs *ObjectAttrs, err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.Composer.Run")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
if err := c.dst.validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if len(c.srcs) == 0 {
return nil, errors.New("storage: at least one source object must be specified")
}
req := &raw.ComposeRequest{}
// Compose requires a non-empty Destination, so we always set it,
// even if the caller-provided ObjectAttrs is the zero value.
req.Destination = c.ObjectAttrs.toRawObject(c.dst.bucket)
for _, src := range c.srcs {
if err := src.validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if src.bucket != c.dst.bucket {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("storage: all source objects must be in bucket %q, found %q", c.dst.bucket, src.bucket)
}
if src.encryptionKey != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("storage: compose source %s.%s must not have encryption key", src.bucket, src.object)
}
srcObj := &raw.ComposeRequestSourceObjects{
Name: src.object,
}
if err := applyConds("ComposeFrom source", src.gen, src.conds, composeSourceObj{srcObj}); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
req.SourceObjects = append(req.SourceObjects, srcObj)
}
call := c.dst.c.raw.Objects.Compose(c.dst.bucket, c.dst.object, req).Context(ctx)
if err := applyConds("ComposeFrom destination", c.dst.gen, c.dst.conds, call); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if c.dst.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(c.dst.userProject)
}
if c.PredefinedACL != "" {
call.DestinationPredefinedAcl(c.PredefinedACL)
}
if err := setEncryptionHeaders(call.Header(), c.dst.encryptionKey, false); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var obj *raw.Object
setClientHeader(call.Header())
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error { obj, err = call.Do(); return err })
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return newObject(obj), nil
}

176
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
// Copyright 2016 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
/*
Package storage provides an easy way to work with Google Cloud Storage.
Google Cloud Storage stores data in named objects, which are grouped into buckets.
More information about Google Cloud Storage is available at
https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs.
See https://godoc.org/cloud.google.com/go for authentication, timeouts,
connection pooling and similar aspects of this package.
All of the methods of this package use exponential backoff to retry calls that fail
with certain errors, as described in
https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/exponential-backoff. Retrying continues
indefinitely unless the controlling context is canceled or the client is closed. See
context.WithTimeout and context.WithCancel.
Creating a Client
To start working with this package, create a client:
ctx := context.Background()
client, err := storage.NewClient(ctx)
if err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
The client will use your default application credentials.
If you only wish to access public data, you can create
an unauthenticated client with
client, err := storage.NewClient(ctx, option.WithoutAuthentication())
Buckets
A Google Cloud Storage bucket is a collection of objects. To work with a
bucket, make a bucket handle:
bkt := client.Bucket(bucketName)
A handle is a reference to a bucket. You can have a handle even if the
bucket doesn't exist yet. To create a bucket in Google Cloud Storage,
call Create on the handle:
if err := bkt.Create(ctx, projectID, nil); err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
Note that although buckets are associated with projects, bucket names are
global across all projects.
Each bucket has associated metadata, represented in this package by
BucketAttrs. The third argument to BucketHandle.Create allows you to set
the initial BucketAttrs of a bucket. To retrieve a bucket's attributes, use
Attrs:
attrs, err := bkt.Attrs(ctx)
if err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
fmt.Printf("bucket %s, created at %s, is located in %s with storage class %s\n",
attrs.Name, attrs.Created, attrs.Location, attrs.StorageClass)
Objects
An object holds arbitrary data as a sequence of bytes, like a file. You
refer to objects using a handle, just as with buckets, but unlike buckets
you don't explicitly create an object. Instead, the first time you write
to an object it will be created. You can use the standard Go io.Reader
and io.Writer interfaces to read and write object data:
obj := bkt.Object("data")
// Write something to obj.
// w implements io.Writer.
w := obj.NewWriter(ctx)
// Write some text to obj. This will either create the object or overwrite whatever is there already.
if _, err := fmt.Fprintf(w, "This object contains text.\n"); err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
// Close, just like writing a file.
if err := w.Close(); err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
// Read it back.
r, err := obj.NewReader(ctx)
if err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
defer r.Close()
if _, err := io.Copy(os.Stdout, r); err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
// Prints "This object contains text."
Objects also have attributes, which you can fetch with Attrs:
objAttrs, err := obj.Attrs(ctx)
if err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
fmt.Printf("object %s has size %d and can be read using %s\n",
objAttrs.Name, objAttrs.Size, objAttrs.MediaLink)
ACLs
Both objects and buckets have ACLs (Access Control Lists). An ACL is a list of
ACLRules, each of which specifies the role of a user, group or project. ACLs
are suitable for fine-grained control, but you may prefer using IAM to control
access at the project level (see
https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/iam).
To list the ACLs of a bucket or object, obtain an ACLHandle and call its List method:
acls, err := obj.ACL().List(ctx)
if err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
for _, rule := range acls {
fmt.Printf("%s has role %s\n", rule.Entity, rule.Role)
}
You can also set and delete ACLs.
Conditions
Every object has a generation and a metageneration. The generation changes
whenever the content changes, and the metageneration changes whenever the
metadata changes. Conditions let you check these values before an operation;
the operation only executes if the conditions match. You can use conditions to
prevent race conditions in read-modify-write operations.
For example, say you've read an object's metadata into objAttrs. Now
you want to write to that object, but only if its contents haven't changed
since you read it. Here is how to express that:
w = obj.If(storage.Conditions{GenerationMatch: objAttrs.Generation}).NewWriter(ctx)
// Proceed with writing as above.
Signed URLs
You can obtain a URL that lets anyone read or write an object for a limited time.
You don't need to create a client to do this. See the documentation of
SignedURL for details.
url, err := storage.SignedURL(bucketName, "shared-object", opts)
if err != nil {
// TODO: Handle error.
}
fmt.Println(url)
Errors
Errors returned by this client are often of the type [`googleapi.Error`](https://godoc.org/google.golang.org/api/googleapi#Error).
These errors can be introspected for more information by type asserting to the richer `googleapi.Error` type. For example:
if e, ok := err.(*googleapi.Error); ok {
if e.Code == 409 { ... }
}
*/
package storage // import "cloud.google.com/go/storage"

32
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/go110.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
// Copyright 2017 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// +build go1.10
package storage
import "google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
func shouldRetry(err error) bool {
switch e := err.(type) {
case *googleapi.Error:
// Retry on 429 and 5xx, according to
// https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/exponential-backoff.
return e.Code == 429 || (e.Code >= 500 && e.Code < 600)
case interface{ Temporary() bool }:
return e.Temporary()
default:
return false
}
}

330
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/hmac.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
// Copyright 2019 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package storage
import (
"context"
"errors"
"fmt"
"time"
"google.golang.org/api/iterator"
raw "google.golang.org/api/storage/v1"
)
// HMACState is the state of the HMAC key.
type HMACState string
const (
// Active is the status for an active key that can be used to sign
// requests.
Active HMACState = "ACTIVE"
// Inactive is the status for an inactive key thus requests signed by
// this key will be denied.
Inactive HMACState = "INACTIVE"
// Deleted is the status for a key that is deleted.
// Once in this state the key cannot key cannot be recovered
// and does not count towards key limits. Deleted keys will be cleaned
// up later.
Deleted HMACState = "DELETED"
)
// HMACKey is the representation of a Google Cloud Storage HMAC key.
//
// HMAC keys are used to authenticate signed access to objects. To enable HMAC key
// authentication, please visit https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/migrating.
//
// This type is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
type HMACKey struct {
// The HMAC's secret key.
Secret string
// AccessID is the ID of the HMAC key.
AccessID string
// Etag is the HTTP/1.1 Entity tag.
Etag string
// ID is the ID of the HMAC key, including the ProjectID and AccessID.
ID string
// ProjectID is the ID of the project that owns the
// service account to which the key authenticates.
ProjectID string
// ServiceAccountEmail is the email address
// of the key's associated service account.
ServiceAccountEmail string
// CreatedTime is the creation time of the HMAC key.
CreatedTime time.Time
// UpdatedTime is the last modification time of the HMAC key metadata.
UpdatedTime time.Time
// State is the state of the HMAC key.
// It can be one of StateActive, StateInactive or StateDeleted.
State HMACState
}
// HMACKeyHandle helps provide access and management for HMAC keys.
//
// This type is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
type HMACKeyHandle struct {
projectID string
accessID string
raw *raw.ProjectsHmacKeysService
}
// HMACKeyHandle creates a handle that will be used for HMACKey operations.
//
// This method is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
func (c *Client) HMACKeyHandle(projectID, accessID string) *HMACKeyHandle {
return &HMACKeyHandle{
projectID: projectID,
accessID: accessID,
raw: raw.NewProjectsHmacKeysService(c.raw),
}
}
// Get invokes an RPC to retrieve the HMAC key referenced by the
// HMACKeyHandle's accessID.
//
// This method is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
func (hkh *HMACKeyHandle) Get(ctx context.Context) (*HMACKey, error) {
call := hkh.raw.Get(hkh.projectID, hkh.accessID)
setClientHeader(call.Header())
var metadata *raw.HmacKeyMetadata
var err error
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
metadata, err = call.Context(ctx).Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
hkPb := &raw.HmacKey{
Metadata: metadata,
}
return pbHmacKeyToHMACKey(hkPb, false)
}
// Delete invokes an RPC to delete the key referenced by accessID, on Google Cloud Storage.
// Only inactive HMAC keys can be deleted.
// After deletion, a key cannot be used to authenticate requests.
//
// This method is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
func (hkh *HMACKeyHandle) Delete(ctx context.Context) error {
delCall := hkh.raw.Delete(hkh.projectID, hkh.accessID)
setClientHeader(delCall.Header())
return runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
return delCall.Context(ctx).Do()
})
}
func pbHmacKeyToHMACKey(pb *raw.HmacKey, updatedTimeCanBeNil bool) (*HMACKey, error) {
pbmd := pb.Metadata
if pbmd == nil {
return nil, errors.New("field Metadata cannot be nil")
}
createdTime, err := time.Parse(time.RFC3339, pbmd.TimeCreated)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("field CreatedTime: %v", err)
}
updatedTime, err := time.Parse(time.RFC3339, pbmd.Updated)
if err != nil && !updatedTimeCanBeNil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("field UpdatedTime: %v", err)
}
hmk := &HMACKey{
AccessID: pbmd.AccessId,
Secret: pb.Secret,
Etag: pbmd.Etag,
ID: pbmd.Id,
State: HMACState(pbmd.State),
ProjectID: pbmd.ProjectId,
CreatedTime: createdTime,
UpdatedTime: updatedTime,
ServiceAccountEmail: pbmd.ServiceAccountEmail,
}
return hmk, nil
}
// CreateHMACKey invokes an RPC for Google Cloud Storage to create a new HMACKey.
//
// This method is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
func (c *Client) CreateHMACKey(ctx context.Context, projectID, serviceAccountEmail string) (*HMACKey, error) {
if projectID == "" {
return nil, errors.New("storage: expecting a non-blank projectID")
}
if serviceAccountEmail == "" {
return nil, errors.New("storage: expecting a non-blank service account email")
}
svc := raw.NewProjectsHmacKeysService(c.raw)
call := svc.Create(projectID, serviceAccountEmail)
setClientHeader(call.Header())
var hkPb *raw.HmacKey
var err error
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
hkPb, err = call.Context(ctx).Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return pbHmacKeyToHMACKey(hkPb, true)
}
// HMACKeyAttrsToUpdate defines the attributes of an HMACKey that will be updated.
//
// This type is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
type HMACKeyAttrsToUpdate struct {
// State is required and must be either StateActive or StateInactive.
State HMACState
// Etag is an optional field and it is the HTTP/1.1 Entity tag.
Etag string
}
// Update mutates the HMACKey referred to by accessID.
//
// This method is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
func (h *HMACKeyHandle) Update(ctx context.Context, au HMACKeyAttrsToUpdate) (*HMACKey, error) {
if au.State != Active && au.State != Inactive {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("storage: invalid state %q for update, must be either %q or %q", au.State, Active, Inactive)
}
call := h.raw.Update(h.projectID, h.accessID, &raw.HmacKeyMetadata{
Etag: au.Etag,
State: string(au.State),
})
setClientHeader(call.Header())
var metadata *raw.HmacKeyMetadata
var err error
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
metadata, err = call.Context(ctx).Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
hkPb := &raw.HmacKey{
Metadata: metadata,
}
return pbHmacKeyToHMACKey(hkPb, false)
}
// An HMACKeysIterator is an iterator over HMACKeys.
//
// This type is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
type HMACKeysIterator struct {
ctx context.Context
raw *raw.ProjectsHmacKeysService
projectID string
hmacKeys []*HMACKey
pageInfo *iterator.PageInfo
nextFunc func() error
index int
}
// ListHMACKeys returns an iterator for listing HMACKeys.
//
// This method is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
func (c *Client) ListHMACKeys(ctx context.Context, projectID string) *HMACKeysIterator {
it := &HMACKeysIterator{
ctx: ctx,
raw: raw.NewProjectsHmacKeysService(c.raw),
projectID: projectID,
}
it.pageInfo, it.nextFunc = iterator.NewPageInfo(
it.fetch,
func() int { return len(it.hmacKeys) - it.index },
func() interface{} {
prev := it.hmacKeys
it.hmacKeys = it.hmacKeys[:0]
it.index = 0
return prev
})
return it
}
// Next returns the next result. Its second return value is iterator.Done if
// there are no more results. Once Next returns iterator.Done, all subsequent
// calls will return iterator.Done.
//
// This method is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
func (it *HMACKeysIterator) Next() (*HMACKey, error) {
if err := it.nextFunc(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
key := it.hmacKeys[it.index]
it.index++
return key, nil
}
// PageInfo supports pagination. See the google.golang.org/api/iterator package for details.
//
// This method is EXPERIMENTAL and subject to change or removal without notice.
func (it *HMACKeysIterator) PageInfo() *iterator.PageInfo { return it.pageInfo }
func (it *HMACKeysIterator) fetch(pageSize int, pageToken string) (token string, err error) {
call := it.raw.List(it.projectID)
setClientHeader(call.Header())
call = call.PageToken(pageToken)
// By default we'll also show deleted keys and then
// let users filter on their own.
call = call.ShowDeletedKeys(true)
if pageSize > 0 {
call = call.MaxResults(int64(pageSize))
}
ctx := it.ctx
var resp *raw.HmacKeysMetadata
err = runWithRetry(it.ctx, func() error {
resp, err = call.Context(ctx).Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
for _, metadata := range resp.Items {
hkPb := &raw.HmacKey{
Metadata: metadata,
}
hkey, err := pbHmacKeyToHMACKey(hkPb, true)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
it.hmacKeys = append(it.hmacKeys, hkey)
}
return resp.NextPageToken, nil
}

130
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/iam.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
// Copyright 2017 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package storage
import (
"context"
"cloud.google.com/go/iam"
"cloud.google.com/go/internal/trace"
raw "google.golang.org/api/storage/v1"
iampb "google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1"
)
// IAM provides access to IAM access control for the bucket.
func (b *BucketHandle) IAM() *iam.Handle {
return iam.InternalNewHandleClient(&iamClient{
raw: b.c.raw,
userProject: b.userProject,
}, b.name)
}
// iamClient implements the iam.client interface.
type iamClient struct {
raw *raw.Service
userProject string
}
func (c *iamClient) Get(ctx context.Context, resource string) (p *iampb.Policy, err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.IAM.Get")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
call := c.raw.Buckets.GetIamPolicy(resource)
setClientHeader(call.Header())
if c.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(c.userProject)
}
var rp *raw.Policy
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
rp, err = call.Context(ctx).Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return iamFromStoragePolicy(rp), nil
}
func (c *iamClient) Set(ctx context.Context, resource string, p *iampb.Policy) (err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.IAM.Set")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
rp := iamToStoragePolicy(p)
call := c.raw.Buckets.SetIamPolicy(resource, rp)
setClientHeader(call.Header())
if c.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(c.userProject)
}
return runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
_, err := call.Context(ctx).Do()
return err
})
}
func (c *iamClient) Test(ctx context.Context, resource string, perms []string) (permissions []string, err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.IAM.Test")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
call := c.raw.Buckets.TestIamPermissions(resource, perms)
setClientHeader(call.Header())
if c.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(c.userProject)
}
var res *raw.TestIamPermissionsResponse
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
res, err = call.Context(ctx).Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return res.Permissions, nil
}
func iamToStoragePolicy(ip *iampb.Policy) *raw.Policy {
return &raw.Policy{
Bindings: iamToStorageBindings(ip.Bindings),
Etag: string(ip.Etag),
}
}
func iamToStorageBindings(ibs []*iampb.Binding) []*raw.PolicyBindings {
var rbs []*raw.PolicyBindings
for _, ib := range ibs {
rbs = append(rbs, &raw.PolicyBindings{
Role: ib.Role,
Members: ib.Members,
})
}
return rbs
}
func iamFromStoragePolicy(rp *raw.Policy) *iampb.Policy {
return &iampb.Policy{
Bindings: iamFromStorageBindings(rp.Bindings),
Etag: []byte(rp.Etag),
}
}
func iamFromStorageBindings(rbs []*raw.PolicyBindings) []*iampb.Binding {
var ibs []*iampb.Binding
for _, rb := range rbs {
ibs = append(ibs, &iampb.Binding{
Role: rb.Role,
Members: rb.Members,
})
}
return ibs
}

37
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/invoke.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
// Copyright 2014 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package storage
import (
"context"
"cloud.google.com/go/internal"
gax "github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2"
)
// runWithRetry calls the function until it returns nil or a non-retryable error, or
// the context is done.
func runWithRetry(ctx context.Context, call func() error) error {
return internal.Retry(ctx, gax.Backoff{}, func() (stop bool, err error) {
err = call()
if err == nil {
return true, nil
}
if shouldRetry(err) {
return false, nil
}
return true, err
})
}

42
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/not_go110.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
// Copyright 2017 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// +build !go1.10
package storage
import (
"net/url"
"strings"
"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
)
func shouldRetry(err error) bool {
switch e := err.(type) {
case *googleapi.Error:
// Retry on 429 and 5xx, according to
// https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/exponential-backoff.
return e.Code == 429 || (e.Code >= 500 && e.Code < 600)
case *url.Error:
// Retry on REFUSED_STREAM.
// Unfortunately the error type is unexported, so we resort to string
// matching.
return strings.Contains(e.Error(), "REFUSED_STREAM")
case interface{ Temporary() bool }:
return e.Temporary()
default:
return false
}
}

188
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/notifications.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
// Copyright 2017 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package storage
import (
"context"
"errors"
"fmt"
"regexp"
"cloud.google.com/go/internal/trace"
raw "google.golang.org/api/storage/v1"
)
// A Notification describes how to send Cloud PubSub messages when certain
// events occur in a bucket.
type Notification struct {
//The ID of the notification.
ID string
// The ID of the topic to which this subscription publishes.
TopicID string
// The ID of the project to which the topic belongs.
TopicProjectID string
// Only send notifications about listed event types. If empty, send notifications
// for all event types.
// See https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/pubsub-notifications#events.
EventTypes []string
// If present, only apply this notification configuration to object names that
// begin with this prefix.
ObjectNamePrefix string
// An optional list of additional attributes to attach to each Cloud PubSub
// message published for this notification subscription.
CustomAttributes map[string]string
// The contents of the message payload.
// See https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/pubsub-notifications#payload.
PayloadFormat string
}
// Values for Notification.PayloadFormat.
const (
// Send no payload with notification messages.
NoPayload = "NONE"
// Send object metadata as JSON with notification messages.
JSONPayload = "JSON_API_V1"
)
// Values for Notification.EventTypes.
const (
// Event that occurs when an object is successfully created.
ObjectFinalizeEvent = "OBJECT_FINALIZE"
// Event that occurs when the metadata of an existing object changes.
ObjectMetadataUpdateEvent = "OBJECT_METADATA_UPDATE"
// Event that occurs when an object is permanently deleted.
ObjectDeleteEvent = "OBJECT_DELETE"
// Event that occurs when the live version of an object becomes an
// archived version.
ObjectArchiveEvent = "OBJECT_ARCHIVE"
)
func toNotification(rn *raw.Notification) *Notification {
n := &Notification{
ID: rn.Id,
EventTypes: rn.EventTypes,
ObjectNamePrefix: rn.ObjectNamePrefix,
CustomAttributes: rn.CustomAttributes,
PayloadFormat: rn.PayloadFormat,
}
n.TopicProjectID, n.TopicID = parseNotificationTopic(rn.Topic)
return n
}
var topicRE = regexp.MustCompile("^//pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/([^/]+)/topics/([^/]+)")
// parseNotificationTopic extracts the project and topic IDs from from the full
// resource name returned by the service. If the name is malformed, it returns
// "?" for both IDs.
func parseNotificationTopic(nt string) (projectID, topicID string) {
matches := topicRE.FindStringSubmatch(nt)
if matches == nil {
return "?", "?"
}
return matches[1], matches[2]
}
func toRawNotification(n *Notification) *raw.Notification {
return &raw.Notification{
Id: n.ID,
Topic: fmt.Sprintf("//pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/%s/topics/%s",
n.TopicProjectID, n.TopicID),
EventTypes: n.EventTypes,
ObjectNamePrefix: n.ObjectNamePrefix,
CustomAttributes: n.CustomAttributes,
PayloadFormat: string(n.PayloadFormat),
}
}
// AddNotification adds a notification to b. You must set n's TopicProjectID, TopicID
// and PayloadFormat, and must not set its ID. The other fields are all optional. The
// returned Notification's ID can be used to refer to it.
func (b *BucketHandle) AddNotification(ctx context.Context, n *Notification) (ret *Notification, err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.Bucket.AddNotification")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
if n.ID != "" {
return nil, errors.New("storage: AddNotification: ID must not be set")
}
if n.TopicProjectID == "" {
return nil, errors.New("storage: AddNotification: missing TopicProjectID")
}
if n.TopicID == "" {
return nil, errors.New("storage: AddNotification: missing TopicID")
}
call := b.c.raw.Notifications.Insert(b.name, toRawNotification(n))
setClientHeader(call.Header())
if b.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(b.userProject)
}
rn, err := call.Context(ctx).Do()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return toNotification(rn), nil
}
// Notifications returns all the Notifications configured for this bucket, as a map
// indexed by notification ID.
func (b *BucketHandle) Notifications(ctx context.Context) (n map[string]*Notification, err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.Bucket.Notifications")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
call := b.c.raw.Notifications.List(b.name)
setClientHeader(call.Header())
if b.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(b.userProject)
}
var res *raw.Notifications
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
res, err = call.Context(ctx).Do()
return err
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return notificationsToMap(res.Items), nil
}
func notificationsToMap(rns []*raw.Notification) map[string]*Notification {
m := map[string]*Notification{}
for _, rn := range rns {
m[rn.Id] = toNotification(rn)
}
return m
}
// DeleteNotification deletes the notification with the given ID.
func (b *BucketHandle) DeleteNotification(ctx context.Context, id string) (err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.Bucket.DeleteNotification")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
call := b.c.raw.Notifications.Delete(b.name, id)
setClientHeader(call.Header())
if b.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(b.userProject)
}
return call.Context(ctx).Do()
}

403
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/reader.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
// Copyright 2016 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package storage
import (
"context"
"errors"
"fmt"
"hash/crc32"
"io"
"io/ioutil"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"reflect"
"strconv"
"strings"
"time"
"cloud.google.com/go/internal/trace"
"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
)
var crc32cTable = crc32.MakeTable(crc32.Castagnoli)
// ReaderObjectAttrs are attributes about the object being read. These are populated
// during the New call. This struct only holds a subset of object attributes: to
// get the full set of attributes, use ObjectHandle.Attrs.
//
// Each field is read-only.
type ReaderObjectAttrs struct {
// Size is the length of the object's content.
Size int64
// StartOffset is the byte offset within the object
// from which reading begins.
// This value is only non-zero for range requests.
StartOffset int64
// ContentType is the MIME type of the object's content.
ContentType string
// ContentEncoding is the encoding of the object's content.
ContentEncoding string
// CacheControl specifies whether and for how long browser and Internet
// caches are allowed to cache your objects.
CacheControl string
// LastModified is the time that the object was last modified.
LastModified time.Time
// Generation is the generation number of the object's content.
Generation int64
// Metageneration is the version of the metadata for this object at
// this generation. This field is used for preconditions and for
// detecting changes in metadata. A metageneration number is only
// meaningful in the context of a particular generation of a
// particular object.
Metageneration int64
}
// NewReader creates a new Reader to read the contents of the
// object.
// ErrObjectNotExist will be returned if the object is not found.
//
// The caller must call Close on the returned Reader when done reading.
func (o *ObjectHandle) NewReader(ctx context.Context) (*Reader, error) {
return o.NewRangeReader(ctx, 0, -1)
}
// NewRangeReader reads part of an object, reading at most length bytes
// starting at the given offset. If length is negative, the object is read
// until the end. If offset is negative, the object is read abs(offset) bytes
// from the end, and length must also be negative to indicate all remaining
// bytes will be read.
func (o *ObjectHandle) NewRangeReader(ctx context.Context, offset, length int64) (r *Reader, err error) {
ctx = trace.StartSpan(ctx, "cloud.google.com/go/storage.Object.NewRangeReader")
defer func() { trace.EndSpan(ctx, err) }()
if err := o.validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if offset < 0 && length >= 0 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("storage: invalid offset %d < 0 requires negative length", offset)
}
if o.conds != nil {
if err := o.conds.validate("NewRangeReader"); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
u := &url.URL{
Scheme: o.c.scheme,
Host: o.c.readHost,
Path: fmt.Sprintf("/%s/%s", o.bucket, o.object),
}
verb := "GET"
if length == 0 {
verb = "HEAD"
}
req, err := http.NewRequest(verb, u.String(), nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
req = req.WithContext(ctx)
if o.userProject != "" {
req.Header.Set("X-Goog-User-Project", o.userProject)
}
if o.readCompressed {
req.Header.Set("Accept-Encoding", "gzip")
}
if err := setEncryptionHeaders(req.Header, o.encryptionKey, false); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
gen := o.gen
// Define a function that initiates a Read with offset and length, assuming we
// have already read seen bytes.
reopen := func(seen int64) (*http.Response, error) {
start := offset + seen
if length < 0 && start < 0 {
req.Header.Set("Range", fmt.Sprintf("bytes=%d", start))
} else if length < 0 && start > 0 {
req.Header.Set("Range", fmt.Sprintf("bytes=%d-", start))
} else if length > 0 {
// The end character isn't affected by how many bytes we've seen.
req.Header.Set("Range", fmt.Sprintf("bytes=%d-%d", start, offset+length-1))
}
// We wait to assign conditions here because the generation number can change in between reopen() runs.
req.URL.RawQuery = conditionsQuery(gen, o.conds)
var res *http.Response
err = runWithRetry(ctx, func() error {
res, err = o.c.hc.Do(req)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
res.Body.Close()
return ErrObjectNotExist
}
if res.StatusCode < 200 || res.StatusCode > 299 {
body, _ := ioutil.ReadAll(res.Body)
res.Body.Close()
return &googleapi.Error{
Code: res.StatusCode,
Header: res.Header,
Body: string(body),
}
}
if start > 0 && length != 0 && res.StatusCode != http.StatusPartialContent {
res.Body.Close()
return errors.New("storage: partial request not satisfied")
}
// If a generation hasn't been specified, and this is the first response we get, let's record the
// generation. In future requests we'll use this generation as a precondition to avoid data races.
if gen < 0 && res.Header.Get("X-Goog-Generation") != "" {
gen64, err := strconv.ParseInt(res.Header.Get("X-Goog-Generation"), 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return err
}
gen = gen64
}
return nil
})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return res, nil
}
res, err := reopen(0)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var (
size int64 // total size of object, even if a range was requested.
checkCRC bool
crc uint32
startOffset int64 // non-zero if range request.
)
if res.StatusCode == http.StatusPartialContent {
cr := strings.TrimSpace(res.Header.Get("Content-Range"))
if !strings.HasPrefix(cr, "bytes ") || !strings.Contains(cr, "/") {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("storage: invalid Content-Range %q", cr)
}
size, err = strconv.ParseInt(cr[strings.LastIndex(cr, "/")+1:], 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("storage: invalid Content-Range %q", cr)
}
dashIndex := strings.Index(cr, "-")
if dashIndex >= 0 {
startOffset, err = strconv.ParseInt(cr[len("bytes="):dashIndex], 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("storage: invalid Content-Range %q: %v", cr, err)
}
}
} else {
size = res.ContentLength
// Check the CRC iff all of the following hold:
// - We asked for content (length != 0).
// - We got all the content (status != PartialContent).
// - The server sent a CRC header.
// - The Go http stack did not uncompress the file.
// - We were not served compressed data that was uncompressed on download.
// The problem with the last two cases is that the CRC will not match -- GCS
// computes it on the compressed contents, but we compute it on the
// uncompressed contents.
if length != 0 && !res.Uncompressed && !uncompressedByServer(res) {
crc, checkCRC = parseCRC32c(res)
}
}
remain := res.ContentLength
body := res.Body
if length == 0 {
remain = 0
body.Close()
body = emptyBody
}
var metaGen int64
if res.Header.Get("X-Goog-Generation") != "" {
metaGen, err = strconv.ParseInt(res.Header.Get("X-Goog-Metageneration"), 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
var lm time.Time
if res.Header.Get("Last-Modified") != "" {
lm, err = http.ParseTime(res.Header.Get("Last-Modified"))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
attrs := ReaderObjectAttrs{
Size: size,
ContentType: res.Header.Get("Content-Type"),
ContentEncoding: res.Header.Get("Content-Encoding"),
CacheControl: res.Header.Get("Cache-Control"),
LastModified: lm,
StartOffset: startOffset,
Generation: gen,
Metageneration: metaGen,
}
return &Reader{
Attrs: attrs,
body: body,
size: size,
remain: remain,
wantCRC: crc,
checkCRC: checkCRC,
reopen: reopen,
}, nil
}
func uncompressedByServer(res *http.Response) bool {
// If the data is stored as gzip but is not encoded as gzip, then it
// was uncompressed by the server.
return res.Header.Get("X-Goog-Stored-Content-Encoding") == "gzip" &&
res.Header.Get("Content-Encoding") != "gzip"
}
func parseCRC32c(res *http.Response) (uint32, bool) {
const prefix = "crc32c="
for _, spec := range res.Header["X-Goog-Hash"] {
if strings.HasPrefix(spec, prefix) {
c, err := decodeUint32(spec[len(prefix):])
if err == nil {
return c, true
}
}
}
return 0, false
}
var emptyBody = ioutil.NopCloser(strings.NewReader(""))
// Reader reads a Cloud Storage object.
// It implements io.Reader.
//
// Typically, a Reader computes the CRC of the downloaded content and compares it to
// the stored CRC, returning an error from Read if there is a mismatch. This integrity check
// is skipped if transcoding occurs. See https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/transcoding.
type Reader struct {
Attrs ReaderObjectAttrs
body io.ReadCloser
seen, remain, size int64
checkCRC bool // should we check the CRC?
wantCRC uint32 // the CRC32c value the server sent in the header
gotCRC uint32 // running crc
reopen func(seen int64) (*http.Response, error)
}
// Close closes the Reader. It must be called when done reading.
func (r *Reader) Close() error {
return r.body.Close()
}
func (r *Reader) Read(p []byte) (int, error) {
n, err := r.readWithRetry(p)
if r.remain != -1 {
r.remain -= int64(n)
}
if r.checkCRC {
r.gotCRC = crc32.Update(r.gotCRC, crc32cTable, p[:n])
// Check CRC here. It would be natural to check it in Close, but
// everybody defers Close on the assumption that it doesn't return
// anything worth looking at.
if err == io.EOF {
if r.gotCRC != r.wantCRC {
return n, fmt.Errorf("storage: bad CRC on read: got %d, want %d",
r.gotCRC, r.wantCRC)
}
}
}
return n, err
}
func (r *Reader) readWithRetry(p []byte) (int, error) {
n := 0
for len(p[n:]) > 0 {
m, err := r.body.Read(p[n:])
n += m
r.seen += int64(m)
if !shouldRetryRead(err) {
return n, err
}
// Read failed, but we will try again. Send a ranged read request that takes
// into account the number of bytes we've already seen.
res, err := r.reopen(r.seen)
if err != nil {
// reopen already retries
return n, err
}
r.body.Close()
r.body = res.Body
}
return n, nil
}
func shouldRetryRead(err error) bool {
if err == nil {
return false
}
return strings.HasSuffix(err.Error(), "INTERNAL_ERROR") && strings.Contains(reflect.TypeOf(err).String(), "http2")
}
// Size returns the size of the object in bytes.
// The returned value is always the same and is not affected by
// calls to Read or Close.
//
// Deprecated: use Reader.Attrs.Size.
func (r *Reader) Size() int64 {
return r.Attrs.Size
}
// Remain returns the number of bytes left to read, or -1 if unknown.
func (r *Reader) Remain() int64 {
return r.remain
}
// ContentType returns the content type of the object.
//
// Deprecated: use Reader.Attrs.ContentType.
func (r *Reader) ContentType() string {
return r.Attrs.ContentType
}
// ContentEncoding returns the content encoding of the object.
//
// Deprecated: use Reader.Attrs.ContentEncoding.
func (r *Reader) ContentEncoding() string {
return r.Attrs.ContentEncoding
}
// CacheControl returns the cache control of the object.
//
// Deprecated: use Reader.Attrs.CacheControl.
func (r *Reader) CacheControl() string {
return r.Attrs.CacheControl
}
// LastModified returns the value of the Last-Modified header.
//
// Deprecated: use Reader.Attrs.LastModified.
func (r *Reader) LastModified() (time.Time, error) {
return r.Attrs.LastModified, nil
}

1369
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/storage.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

30067
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/storage.replay generated vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

260
vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/writer.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
// Copyright 2014 Google LLC
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package storage
import (
"context"
"encoding/base64"
"errors"
"fmt"
"io"
"sync"
"unicode/utf8"
"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
raw "google.golang.org/api/storage/v1"
)
// A Writer writes a Cloud Storage object.
type Writer struct {
// ObjectAttrs are optional attributes to set on the object. Any attributes
// must be initialized before the first Write call. Nil or zero-valued
// attributes are ignored.
ObjectAttrs
// SendCRC specifies whether to transmit a CRC32C field. It should be set
// to true in addition to setting the Writer's CRC32C field, because zero
// is a valid CRC and normally a zero would not be transmitted.
// If a CRC32C is sent, and the data written does not match the checksum,
// the write will be rejected.
SendCRC32C bool
// ChunkSize controls the maximum number of bytes of the object that the
// Writer will attempt to send to the server in a single request. Objects
// smaller than the size will be sent in a single request, while larger
// objects will be split over multiple requests. The size will be rounded up
// to the nearest multiple of 256K. If zero, chunking will be disabled and
// the object will be uploaded in a single request.
//
// ChunkSize will default to a reasonable value. If you perform many concurrent
// writes of small objects, you may wish set ChunkSize to a value that matches
// your objects' sizes to avoid consuming large amounts of memory.
//
// ChunkSize must be set before the first Write call.
ChunkSize int
// ProgressFunc can be used to monitor the progress of a large write.
// operation. If ProgressFunc is not nil and writing requires multiple
// calls to the underlying service (see
// https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/how-tos/resumable-upload),
// then ProgressFunc will be invoked after each call with the number of bytes of
// content copied so far.
//
// ProgressFunc should return quickly without blocking.
ProgressFunc func(int64)
ctx context.Context
o *ObjectHandle
opened bool
pw *io.PipeWriter
donec chan struct{} // closed after err and obj are set.
obj *ObjectAttrs
mu sync.Mutex
err error
}
func (w *Writer) open() error {
attrs := w.ObjectAttrs
// Check the developer didn't change the object Name (this is unfortunate, but
// we don't want to store an object under the wrong name).
if attrs.Name != w.o.object {
return fmt.Errorf("storage: Writer.Name %q does not match object name %q", attrs.Name, w.o.object)
}
if !utf8.ValidString(attrs.Name) {
return fmt.Errorf("storage: object name %q is not valid UTF-8", attrs.Name)
}
if attrs.KMSKeyName != "" && w.o.encryptionKey != nil {
return errors.New("storage: cannot use KMSKeyName with a customer-supplied encryption key")
}
pr, pw := io.Pipe()
w.pw = pw
w.opened = true
go w.monitorCancel()
if w.ChunkSize < 0 {
return errors.New("storage: Writer.ChunkSize must be non-negative")
}
mediaOpts := []googleapi.MediaOption{
googleapi.ChunkSize(w.ChunkSize),
}
if c := attrs.ContentType; c != "" {
mediaOpts = append(mediaOpts, googleapi.ContentType(c))
}
go func() {
defer close(w.donec)
rawObj := attrs.toRawObject(w.o.bucket)
if w.SendCRC32C {
rawObj.Crc32c = encodeUint32(attrs.CRC32C)
}
if w.MD5 != nil {
rawObj.Md5Hash = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(w.MD5)
}
if w.o.c.envHost != "" {
w.o.c.raw.BasePath = fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s", w.o.c.scheme, w.o.c.envHost)
}
call := w.o.c.raw.Objects.Insert(w.o.bucket, rawObj).
Media(pr, mediaOpts...).
Projection("full").
Context(w.ctx)
if w.ProgressFunc != nil {
call.ProgressUpdater(func(n, _ int64) { w.ProgressFunc(n) })
}
if attrs.KMSKeyName != "" {
call.KmsKeyName(attrs.KMSKeyName)
}
if attrs.PredefinedACL != "" {
call.PredefinedAcl(attrs.PredefinedACL)
}
if err := setEncryptionHeaders(call.Header(), w.o.encryptionKey, false); err != nil {
w.mu.Lock()
w.err = err
w.mu.Unlock()
pr.CloseWithError(err)
return
}
var resp *raw.Object
err := applyConds("NewWriter", w.o.gen, w.o.conds, call)
if err == nil {
if w.o.userProject != "" {
call.UserProject(w.o.userProject)
}
setClientHeader(call.Header())
// The internals that perform call.Do automatically retry
// uploading chunks, hence no need to add retries here.
// See issue https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/issues/1507.
//
// However, since this whole call's internals involve making the initial
// resumable upload session, the first HTTP request is not retried.
// TODO: Follow-up with google.golang.org/gensupport to solve
// https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-go-client/issues/392.
resp, err = call.Do()
}
if err != nil {
w.mu.Lock()
w.err = err
w.mu.Unlock()
pr.CloseWithError(err)
return
}
w.obj = newObject(resp)
}()
return nil
}
// Write appends to w. It implements the io.Writer interface.
//
// Since writes happen asynchronously, Write may return a nil
// error even though the write failed (or will fail). Always
// use the error returned from Writer.Close to determine if
// the upload was successful.
func (w *Writer) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) {
w.mu.Lock()
werr := w.err
w.mu.Unlock()
if werr != nil {
return 0, werr
}
if !w.opened {
if err := w.open(); err != nil {
return 0, err
}
}
n, err = w.pw.Write(p)
if err != nil {
w.mu.Lock()
werr := w.err
w.mu.Unlock()
// Preserve existing functionality that when context is canceled, Write will return
// context.Canceled instead of "io: read/write on closed pipe". This hides the
// pipe implementation detail from users and makes Write seem as though it's an RPC.
if werr == context.Canceled || werr == context.DeadlineExceeded {
return n, werr
}
}
return n, err
}
// Close completes the write operation and flushes any buffered data.
// If Close doesn't return an error, metadata about the written object
// can be retrieved by calling Attrs.
func (w *Writer) Close() error {
if !w.opened {
if err := w.open(); err != nil {
return err
}
}
// Closing either the read or write causes the entire pipe to close.
if err := w.pw.Close(); err != nil {
return err
}
<-w.donec
w.mu.Lock()
defer w.mu.Unlock()
return w.err
}
// monitorCancel is intended to be used as a background goroutine. It monitors the
// context, and when it observes that the context has been canceled, it manually
// closes things that do not take a context.
func (w *Writer) monitorCancel() {
select {
case <-w.ctx.Done():
w.mu.Lock()
werr := w.ctx.Err()
w.err = werr
w.mu.Unlock()
// Closing either the read or write causes the entire pipe to close.
w.CloseWithError(werr)
case <-w.donec:
}
}
// CloseWithError aborts the write operation with the provided error.
// CloseWithError always returns nil.
//
// Deprecated: cancel the context passed to NewWriter instead.
func (w *Writer) CloseWithError(err error) error {
if !w.opened {
return nil
}
return w.pw.CloseWithError(err)
}
// Attrs returns metadata about a successfully-written object.
// It's only valid to call it after Close returns nil.
func (w *Writer) Attrs() *ObjectAttrs {
return w.obj
}

20
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
Copyright (c) 2016 The Gitea Authors
Copyright (c) 2014 The Gogs Authors
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.

47
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_cron.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"time"
)
// CronTask represents a Cron task
type CronTask struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Schedule string `json:"schedule"`
Next time.Time `json:"next"`
Prev time.Time `json:"prev"`
ExecTimes int64 `json:"exec_times"`
}
// ListCronTaskOptions list options for ListCronTasks
type ListCronTaskOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListCronTasks list available cron tasks
func (c *Client) ListCronTasks(opt ListCronTaskOptions) ([]*CronTask, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
ct := make([]*CronTask, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &ct)
return ct, resp, err
}
// RunCronTasks run a cron task
func (c *Client) RunCronTasks(task string) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&task); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron/%s", task), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

39
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_org.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// AdminListOrgsOptions options for listing admin's organizations
type AdminListOrgsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// AdminListOrgs lists all orgs
func (c *Client) AdminListOrgs(opt AdminListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
return orgs, resp, err
}
// AdminCreateOrg create an organization
func (c *Client) AdminCreateOrg(user string, opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
org := new(Organization)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/orgs", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
return org, resp, err
}

25
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_repo.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// AdminCreateRepo create a repo
func (c *Client) AdminCreateRepo(user string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/repos", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}

130
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_user.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// AdminListUsersOptions options for listing admin users
type AdminListUsersOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// AdminListUsers lists all users
func (c *Client) AdminListUsers(opt AdminListUsersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// CreateUserOption create user options
type CreateUserOption struct {
SourceID int64 `json:"source_id"`
LoginName string `json:"login_name"`
Username string `json:"username"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Email string `json:"email"`
Password string `json:"password"`
MustChangePassword *bool `json:"must_change_password"`
SendNotify bool `json:"send_notify"`
Visibility *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
}
// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
func (opt CreateUserOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Email) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("email is empty")
}
if len(opt.Username) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("username is empty")
}
return nil
}
// AdminCreateUser create a user
func (c *Client) AdminCreateUser(opt CreateUserOption) (*User, *Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
user := new(User)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/admin/users", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), user)
return user, resp, err
}
// EditUserOption edit user options
type EditUserOption struct {
SourceID int64 `json:"source_id"`
LoginName string `json:"login_name"`
Email *string `json:"email"`
FullName *string `json:"full_name"`
Password string `json:"password"`
Description *string `json:"description"`
MustChangePassword *bool `json:"must_change_password"`
Website *string `json:"website"`
Location *string `json:"location"`
Active *bool `json:"active"`
Admin *bool `json:"admin"`
AllowGitHook *bool `json:"allow_git_hook"`
AllowImportLocal *bool `json:"allow_import_local"`
MaxRepoCreation *int `json:"max_repo_creation"`
ProhibitLogin *bool `json:"prohibit_login"`
AllowCreateOrganization *bool `json:"allow_create_organization"`
Restricted *bool `json:"restricted"`
Visibility *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
}
// AdminEditUser modify user informations
func (c *Client) AdminEditUser(user string, opt EditUserOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// AdminDeleteUser delete one user according name
func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUser(user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// AdminCreateUserPublicKey adds a public key for the user
func (c *Client) AdminCreateUserPublicKey(user string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(PublicKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
return key, resp, err
}
// AdminDeleteUserPublicKey deletes a user's public key
func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUserPublicKey(user string, keyID int) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys/%d", user, keyID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

111
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/attachment.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"io"
"mime/multipart"
"net/http"
"time"
)
// Attachment a generic attachment
type Attachment struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
Size int64 `json:"size"`
DownloadCount int64 `json:"download_count"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
UUID string `json:"uuid"`
DownloadURL string `json:"browser_download_url"`
}
// ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions options for listing release's attachments
type ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListReleaseAttachments list release's attachments
func (c *Client) ListReleaseAttachments(user, repo string, release int64, opt ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions) ([]*Attachment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
attachments := make([]*Attachment, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets?%s", user, repo, release, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
nil, nil, &attachments)
return attachments, resp, err
}
// GetReleaseAttachment returns the requested attachment
func (c *Client) GetReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
a := new(Attachment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id),
nil, nil, &a)
return a, resp, err
}
// CreateReleaseAttachment creates an attachment for the given release
func (c *Client) CreateReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, file io.Reader, filename string) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
// Write file to body
body := new(bytes.Buffer)
writer := multipart.NewWriter(body)
part, err := writer.CreateFormFile("attachment", filename)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if _, err = io.Copy(part, file); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err = writer.Close(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
// Send request
attachment := new(Attachment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets", user, repo, release),
http.Header{"Content-Type": {writer.FormDataContentType()}}, body, &attachment)
return attachment, resp, err
}
// EditAttachmentOptions options for editing attachments
type EditAttachmentOptions struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
}
// EditReleaseAttachment updates the given attachment with the given options
func (c *Client) EditReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, attachment int64, form EditAttachmentOptions) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&form)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
attach := new(Attachment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, attachment), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), attach)
return attach, resp, err
}
// DeleteReleaseAttachment deletes the given attachment including the uploaded file
func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

347
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/client.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"context"
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"io"
"io/ioutil"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"strings"
"sync"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
)
var jsonHeader = http.Header{"content-type": []string{"application/json"}}
// Version return the library version
func Version() string {
return "0.15.1"
}
// Client represents a thread-safe Gitea API client.
type Client struct {
url string
accessToken string
username string
password string
otp string
sudo string
debug bool
client *http.Client
ctx context.Context
mutex sync.RWMutex
serverVersion *version.Version
getVersionOnce sync.Once
ignoreVersion bool // only set by SetGiteaVersion so don't need a mutex lock
}
// Response represents the gitea response
type Response struct {
*http.Response
}
// ClientOption are functions used to init a new client
type ClientOption func(*Client) error
// NewClient initializes and returns a API client.
// Usage of all gitea.Client methods is concurrency-safe.
func NewClient(url string, options ...ClientOption) (*Client, error) {
client := &Client{
url: strings.TrimSuffix(url, "/"),
client: &http.Client{},
ctx: context.Background(),
}
for _, opt := range options {
if err := opt(client); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
if err := client.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return client, nil
}
// NewClientWithHTTP creates an API client with a custom http client
// Deprecated use SetHTTPClient option
func NewClientWithHTTP(url string, httpClient *http.Client) *Client {
client, _ := NewClient(url, SetHTTPClient(httpClient))
return client
}
// SetHTTPClient is an option for NewClient to set custom http client
func SetHTTPClient(httpClient *http.Client) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetHTTPClient(httpClient)
return nil
}
}
// SetHTTPClient replaces default http.Client with user given one.
func (c *Client) SetHTTPClient(client *http.Client) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.client = client
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetToken is an option for NewClient to set token
func SetToken(token string) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.mutex.Lock()
client.accessToken = token
client.mutex.Unlock()
return nil
}
}
// SetBasicAuth is an option for NewClient to set username and password
func SetBasicAuth(username, password string) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetBasicAuth(username, password)
return nil
}
}
// SetBasicAuth sets username and password
func (c *Client) SetBasicAuth(username, password string) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.username, c.password = username, password
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetOTP is an option for NewClient to set OTP for 2FA
func SetOTP(otp string) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetOTP(otp)
return nil
}
}
// SetOTP sets OTP for 2FA
func (c *Client) SetOTP(otp string) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.otp = otp
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetContext is an option for NewClient to set the default context
func SetContext(ctx context.Context) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetContext(ctx)
return nil
}
}
// SetContext set default context witch is used for http requests
func (c *Client) SetContext(ctx context.Context) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.ctx = ctx
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetSudo is an option for NewClient to set sudo header
func SetSudo(sudo string) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetSudo(sudo)
return nil
}
}
// SetSudo sets username to impersonate.
func (c *Client) SetSudo(sudo string) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.sudo = sudo
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetDebugMode is an option for NewClient to enable debug mode
func SetDebugMode() ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.mutex.Lock()
client.debug = true
client.mutex.Unlock()
return nil
}
}
func (c *Client) getWebResponse(method, path string, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
debug := c.debug
if debug {
fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nBody: %v\n", method, c.url+path, body)
}
req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+path, body)
client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
c.mutex.RUnlock()
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := client.Do(req)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if debug {
fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
}
return data, &Response{resp}, nil
}
func (c *Client) doRequest(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (*Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
debug := c.debug
if debug {
fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nHeader: %v\nBody: %s\n", method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, header, body)
}
req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, body)
if err != nil {
c.mutex.RUnlock()
return nil, err
}
if len(c.accessToken) != 0 {
req.Header.Set("Authorization", "token "+c.accessToken)
}
if len(c.otp) != 0 {
req.Header.Set("X-GITEA-OTP", c.otp)
}
if len(c.username) != 0 {
req.SetBasicAuth(c.username, c.password)
}
if len(c.sudo) != 0 {
req.Header.Set("Sudo", c.sudo)
}
client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
c.mutex.RUnlock()
for k, v := range header {
req.Header[k] = v
}
resp, err := client.Do(req)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if debug {
fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
}
return &Response{resp}, nil
}
// Converts a response for a HTTP status code indicating an error condition
// (non-2XX) to a well-known error value and response body. For non-problematic
// (2XX) status codes nil will be returned. Note that on a non-2XX response, the
// response body stream will have been read and, hence, is closed on return.
func statusCodeToErr(resp *Response) (body []byte, err error) {
// no error
if resp.StatusCode/100 == 2 {
return nil, nil
}
//
// error: body will be read for details
//
defer resp.Body.Close()
data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("body read on HTTP error %d: %v", resp.StatusCode, err)
}
switch resp.StatusCode {
case 403:
return data, errors.New("403 Forbidden")
case 404:
return data, errors.New("404 Not Found")
case 409:
return data, errors.New("409 Conflict")
case 422:
return data, fmt.Errorf("422 Unprocessable Entity: %s", string(data))
}
path := resp.Request.URL.Path
method := resp.Request.Method
header := resp.Request.Header
errMap := make(map[string]interface{})
if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &errMap); err != nil {
// when the JSON can't be parsed, data was probably empty or a
// plain string, so we try to return a helpful error anyway
return data, fmt.Errorf("Unknown API Error: %d\nRequest: '%s' with '%s' method '%s' header and '%s' body", resp.StatusCode, path, method, header, string(data))
}
return data, errors.New(errMap["message"].(string))
}
func (c *Client) getResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
// check for errors
data, err := statusCodeToErr(resp)
if err != nil {
return data, resp, err
}
// success (2XX), read body
data, err = ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return data, resp, nil
}
func (c *Client) getParsedResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader, obj interface{}) (*Response, error) {
data, resp, err := c.getResponse(method, path, header, body)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
return resp, json.Unmarshal(data, obj)
}
func (c *Client) getStatusCode(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (int, *Response, error) {
resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
if err != nil {
return -1, resp, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
return resp.StatusCode, resp, nil
}
// pathEscapeSegments escapes segments of a path while not escaping forward slash
func pathEscapeSegments(path string) string {
slice := strings.Split(path, "/")
for index := range slice {
slice[index] = url.PathEscape(slice[index])
}
escapedPath := strings.Join(slice, "/")
return escapedPath
}
// escapeValidatePathSegments is a help function to validate and encode url path segments
func escapeValidatePathSegments(seg ...*string) error {
for i := range seg {
if seg[i] == nil || len(*seg[i]) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("path segment [%d] is empty", i)
}
*seg[i] = url.PathEscape(*seg[i])
}
return nil
}

5
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"

49
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/fork.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// ListForksOptions options for listing repository's forks
type ListForksOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListForks list a repository's forks
func (c *Client) ListForks(user string, repo string, opt ListForksOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
forks := make([]*Repository, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
nil, nil, &forks)
return forks, resp, err
}
// CreateForkOption options for creating a fork
type CreateForkOption struct {
// organization name, if forking into an organization
Organization *string `json:"organization"`
}
// CreateFork create a fork of a repository
func (c *Client) CreateFork(user, repo string, form CreateForkOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(form)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
fork := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &fork)
return fork, resp, err
}

28
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_blob.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
)
// GitBlobResponse represents a git blob
type GitBlobResponse struct {
Content string `json:"content"`
Encoding string `json:"encoding"`
URL string `json:"url"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
Size int64 `json:"size"`
}
// GetBlob get the blob of a repository file
func (c *Client) GetBlob(user, repo, sha string) (*GitBlobResponse, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
blob := new(GitBlobResponse)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/blobs/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, blob)
return blob, resp, err
}

71
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_hook.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// GitHook represents a Git repository hook
type GitHook struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
IsActive bool `json:"is_active"`
Content string `json:"content,omitempty"`
}
// ListRepoGitHooksOptions options for listing repository's githooks
type ListRepoGitHooksOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoGitHooks list all the Git hooks of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoGitHooks(user, repo string, opt ListRepoGitHooksOptions) ([]*GitHook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
hooks := make([]*GitHook, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
return hooks, resp, err
}
// GetRepoGitHook get a Git hook of a repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*GitHook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(GitHook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
return h, resp, err
}
// EditGitHookOption options when modifying one Git hook
type EditGitHookOption struct {
Content string `json:"content"`
}
// EditRepoGitHook modify one Git hook of a repository
func (c *Client) EditRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string, opt EditGitHookOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteRepoGitHook delete one Git hook from a repository
func (c *Client) DeleteRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

20
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/helper.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
// OptionalBool convert a bool to a bool reference
func OptionalBool(v bool) *bool {
return &v
}
// OptionalString convert a string to a string reference
func OptionalString(v string) *string {
return &v
}
// OptionalInt64 convert a int64 to a int64 reference
func OptionalInt64(v int64) *int64 {
return &v
}

194
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/hook.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// Hook a hook is a web hook when one repository changed
type Hook struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Type string `json:"type"`
URL string `json:"-"`
Config map[string]string `json:"config"`
Events []string `json:"events"`
Active bool `json:"active"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
}
// HookType represent all webhook types gitea currently offer
type HookType string
const (
// HookTypeDingtalk webhook that dingtalk understand
HookTypeDingtalk HookType = "dingtalk"
// HookTypeDiscord webhook that discord understand
HookTypeDiscord HookType = "discord"
// HookTypeGitea webhook that gitea understand
HookTypeGitea HookType = "gitea"
// HookTypeGogs webhook that gogs understand
HookTypeGogs HookType = "gogs"
// HookTypeMsteams webhook that msteams understand
HookTypeMsteams HookType = "msteams"
// HookTypeSlack webhook that slack understand
HookTypeSlack HookType = "slack"
// HookTypeTelegram webhook that telegram understand
HookTypeTelegram HookType = "telegram"
// HookTypeFeishu webhook that feishu understand
HookTypeFeishu HookType = "feishu"
)
// ListHooksOptions options for listing hooks
type ListHooksOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListOrgHooks list all the hooks of one organization
func (c *Client) ListOrgHooks(org string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
return hooks, resp, err
}
// ListRepoHooks list all the hooks of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoHooks(user, repo string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
return hooks, resp, err
}
// GetOrgHook get a hook of an organization
func (c *Client) GetOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(Hook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil, h)
return h, resp, err
}
// GetRepoHook get a hook of a repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(Hook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
return h, resp, err
}
// CreateHookOption options when create a hook
type CreateHookOption struct {
Type HookType `json:"type"`
Config map[string]string `json:"config"`
Events []string `json:"events"`
BranchFilter string `json:"branch_filter"`
Active bool `json:"active"`
}
// Validate the CreateHookOption struct
func (opt CreateHookOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Type) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("hook type needed")
}
return nil
}
// CreateOrgHook create one hook for an organization, with options
func (c *Client) CreateOrgHook(org string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(Hook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
return h, resp, err
}
// CreateRepoHook create one hook for a repository, with options
func (c *Client) CreateRepoHook(user, repo string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(Hook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
return h, resp, err
}
// EditHookOption options when modify one hook
type EditHookOption struct {
Config map[string]string `json:"config"`
Events []string `json:"events"`
BranchFilter string `json:"branch_filter"`
Active *bool `json:"active"`
}
// EditOrgHook modify one hook of an organization, with hook id and options
func (c *Client) EditOrgHook(org string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// EditRepoHook modify one hook of a repository, with hook id and options
func (c *Client) EditRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteOrgHook delete one hook from an organization, with hook id
func (c *Client) DeleteOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteRepoHook delete one hook from a repository, with hook id
func (c *Client) DeleteRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

288
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// PullRequestMeta PR info if an issue is a PR
type PullRequestMeta struct {
HasMerged bool `json:"merged"`
Merged *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
}
// RepositoryMeta basic repository information
type RepositoryMeta struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
Owner string `json:"owner"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
}
// Issue represents an issue in a repository
type Issue struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
URL string `json:"url"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
Index int64 `json:"number"`
Poster *User `json:"user"`
OriginalAuthor string `json:"original_author"`
OriginalAuthorID int64 `json:"original_author_id"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Ref string `json:"ref"`
Labels []*Label `json:"labels"`
Milestone *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
Assignees []*User `json:"assignees"`
// Whether the issue is open or closed
State StateType `json:"state"`
IsLocked bool `json:"is_locked"`
Comments int `json:"comments"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Closed *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
PullRequest *PullRequestMeta `json:"pull_request"`
Repository *RepositoryMeta `json:"repository"`
}
// ListIssueOption list issue options
type ListIssueOption struct {
ListOptions
State StateType
Type IssueType
Labels []string
Milestones []string
KeyWord string
Since time.Time
Before time.Time
// filter by created by username
CreatedBy string
// filter by assigned to username
AssignedBy string
// filter by username mentioned
MentionedBy string
}
// StateType issue state type
type StateType string
const (
// StateOpen pr/issue is opend
StateOpen StateType = "open"
// StateClosed pr/issue is closed
StateClosed StateType = "closed"
// StateAll is all
StateAll StateType = "all"
)
// IssueType is issue a pull or only an issue
type IssueType string
const (
// IssueTypeAll pr and issue
IssueTypeAll IssueType = ""
// IssueTypeIssue only issues
IssueTypeIssue IssueType = "issues"
// IssueTypePull only pulls
IssueTypePull IssueType = "pulls"
)
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListIssueOption) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if len(opt.State) > 0 {
query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
}
if len(opt.Labels) > 0 {
query.Add("labels", strings.Join(opt.Labels, ","))
}
if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
}
query.Add("type", string(opt.Type))
if len(opt.Milestones) > 0 {
query.Add("milestones", strings.Join(opt.Milestones, ","))
}
if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if len(opt.CreatedBy) > 0 {
query.Add("created_by", opt.CreatedBy)
}
if len(opt.AssignedBy) > 0 {
query.Add("assigned_by", opt.AssignedBy)
}
if len(opt.MentionedBy) > 0 {
query.Add("mentioned_by", opt.MentionedBy)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListIssues returns all issues assigned the authenticated user
func (c *Client) ListIssues(opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/issues/search")
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
if issues[i].Repository != nil {
issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
}
}
}
for i := range issues {
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
}
return issues, resp, err
}
// ListRepoIssues returns all issues for a given repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoIssues(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
if issues[i].Repository != nil {
issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
}
}
}
for i := range issues {
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
}
return issues, resp, err
}
// GetIssue returns a single issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) GetIssue(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
issue := new(Issue)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, issue)
if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil && issue.Repository != nil {
issue.Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issue.Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
}
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
return issue, resp, err
}
// CreateIssueOption options to create one issue
type CreateIssueOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Ref string `json:"ref"`
Assignees []string `json:"assignees"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
// milestone id
Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"`
// list of label ids
Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
Closed bool `json:"closed"`
}
// Validate the CreateIssueOption struct
func (opt CreateIssueOption) Validate() error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// CreateIssue create a new issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) CreateIssue(owner, repo string, opt CreateIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
issue := new(Issue)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
return issue, resp, err
}
// EditIssueOption options for editing an issue
type EditIssueOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Body *string `json:"body"`
Ref *string `json:"ref"`
Assignees []string `json:"assignees"`
Milestone *int64 `json:"milestone"`
State *StateType `json:"state"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
RemoveDeadline *bool `json:"unset_due_date"`
}
// Validate the EditIssueOption struct
func (opt EditIssueOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// EditIssue modify an existing issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) EditIssue(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
issue := new(Issue)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
return issue, resp, err
}
func (c *Client) issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue *Issue) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
c.mutex.RLock()
issue.HTMLURL = fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/issues/%d", c.url, issue.Repository.FullName, issue.Index)
c.mutex.RUnlock()
}
}

154
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_comment.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// Comment represents a comment on a commit or issue
type Comment struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
PRURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
IssueURL string `json:"issue_url"`
Poster *User `json:"user"`
OriginalAuthor string `json:"original_author"`
OriginalAuthorID int64 `json:"original_author_id"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
}
// ListIssueCommentOptions list comment options
type ListIssueCommentOptions struct {
ListOptions
Since time.Time
Before time.Time
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListIssueCommentOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListIssueComments list comments on an issue.
func (c *Client) ListIssueComments(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
return comments, resp, err
}
// ListRepoIssueComments list comments for a given repo.
func (c *Client) ListRepoIssueComments(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
return comments, resp, err
}
// GetIssueComment get a comment for a given repo by id.
func (c *Client) GetIssueComment(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
comment := new(Comment)
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return comment, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, &comment)
return comment, resp, err
}
// CreateIssueCommentOption options for creating a comment on an issue
type CreateIssueCommentOption struct {
Body string `json:"body"`
}
// Validate the CreateIssueCommentOption struct
func (opt CreateIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
return nil
}
// CreateIssueComment create comment on an issue.
func (c *Client) CreateIssueComment(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreateIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
comment := new(Comment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
return comment, resp, err
}
// EditIssueCommentOption options for editing a comment
type EditIssueCommentOption struct {
Body string `json:"body"`
}
// Validate the EditIssueCommentOption struct
func (opt EditIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
return nil
}
// EditIssueComment edits an issue comment.
func (c *Client) EditIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64, opt EditIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
comment := new(Comment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
return comment, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueComment deletes an issue comment.
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

211
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_label.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"regexp"
"strings"
)
// Label a label to an issue or a pr
type Label struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
// example: 00aabb
Color string `json:"color"`
Description string `json:"description"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// ListLabelsOptions options for listing repository's labels
type ListLabelsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoLabels list labels of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoLabels(owner, repo string, opt ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
labels := make([]*Label, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels?%s", owner, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
return labels, resp, err
}
// GetRepoLabel get one label of repository by repo it
func (c *Client) GetRepoLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
label := new(Label)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, label)
return label, resp, err
}
// CreateLabelOption options for creating a label
type CreateLabelOption struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
// example: #00aabb
Color string `json:"color"`
Description string `json:"description"`
}
// Validate the CreateLabelOption struct
func (opt CreateLabelOption) Validate() error {
aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", opt.Color)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if !aw {
return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
}
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
}
return nil
}
// CreateLabel create one label of repository
func (c *Client) CreateLabel(owner, repo string, opt CreateLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if len(opt.Color) == 6 {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
opt.Color = "#" + opt.Color
}
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
label := new(Label)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels", owner, repo),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
return label, resp, err
}
// EditLabelOption options for editing a label
type EditLabelOption struct {
Name *string `json:"name"`
Color *string `json:"color"`
Description *string `json:"description"`
}
// Validate the EditLabelOption struct
func (opt EditLabelOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Color != nil {
aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", *opt.Color)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if !aw {
return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
}
}
if opt.Name != nil {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(*opt.Name)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
}
}
return nil
}
// EditLabel modify one label with options
func (c *Client) EditLabel(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
label := new(Label)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
return label, resp, err
}
// DeleteLabel delete one label of repository by id
func (c *Client) DeleteLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// GetIssueLabels get labels of one issue via issue id
func (c *Client) GetIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opts ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
labels := make([]*Label, 0, 5)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels?%s", owner, repo, index, opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
return labels, resp, err
}
// IssueLabelsOption a collection of labels
type IssueLabelsOption struct {
// list of label IDs
Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
}
// AddIssueLabels add one or more labels to one issue
func (c *Client) AddIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
var labels []*Label
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
return labels, resp, err
}
// ReplaceIssueLabels replace old labels of issue with new labels
func (c *Client) ReplaceIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
var labels []*Label
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
return labels, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueLabel delete one label of one issue by issue id and label id
// TODO: maybe we need delete by label name and issue id
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueLabel(owner, repo string, index, label int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels/%d", owner, repo, index, label), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ClearIssueLabels delete all the labels of one issue.
func (c *Client) ClearIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

237
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_milestone.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// Milestone milestone is a collection of issues on one repository
type Milestone struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Description string `json:"description"`
State StateType `json:"state"`
OpenIssues int `json:"open_issues"`
ClosedIssues int `json:"closed_issues"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Closed *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
}
// ListMilestoneOption list milestone options
type ListMilestoneOption struct {
ListOptions
// open, closed, all
State StateType
Name string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListMilestoneOption) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if opt.State != "" {
query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
}
if len(opt.Name) != 0 {
query.Add("name", opt.Name)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListRepoMilestones list all the milestones of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo string, opt ListMilestoneOption) ([]*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
milestones := make([]*Milestone, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &milestones)
return milestones, resp, err
}
// GetMilestone get one milestone by repo name and milestone id
func (c *Client) GetMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, milestone)
return milestone, resp, err
}
// GetMilestoneByName get one milestone by repo and milestone name
func (c *Client) GetMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
// backwards compatibility mode
m, resp, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
return m, resp, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil, milestone)
return milestone, resp, err
}
// CreateMilestoneOption options for creating a milestone
type CreateMilestoneOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Description string `json:"description"`
State StateType `json:"state"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
}
// Validate the CreateMilestoneOption struct
func (opt CreateMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// CreateMilestone create one milestone with options
func (c *Client) CreateMilestone(owner, repo string, opt CreateMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
// make creating closed milestones need gitea >= v1.13.0
// this make it backwards compatible
if err == nil && opt.State == StateClosed && milestone.State != StateClosed {
closed := StateClosed
return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, milestone.ID, EditMilestoneOption{
State: &closed,
})
}
return milestone, resp, err
}
// EditMilestoneOption options for editing a milestone
type EditMilestoneOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Description *string `json:"description"`
State *StateType `json:"state"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
}
// Validate the EditMilestoneOption struct
func (opt EditMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// EditMilestone modify milestone with options
func (c *Client) EditMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
return milestone, resp, err
}
// EditMilestoneByName modify milestone with options
func (c *Client) EditMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
// backwards compatibility mode
m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID, opt)
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
return milestone, resp, err
}
// DeleteMilestone delete one milestone by id
func (c *Client) DeleteMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteMilestoneByName delete one milestone by name
func (c *Client) DeleteMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Response, error) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
// backwards compatibility mode
m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.DeleteMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID)
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// resolveMilestoneByName is a fallback method to find milestone id by name
func (c *Client) resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
for i := 1; ; i++ {
miles, resp, err := c.ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo, ListMilestoneOption{
ListOptions: ListOptions{
Page: i,
},
State: "all",
})
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if len(miles) == 0 {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("milestone '%s' do not exist", name)
}
for _, m := range miles {
if strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(m.Title)) == strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(name)) {
return m, resp, nil
}
}
}
}

104
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_reaction.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// Reaction contain one reaction
type Reaction struct {
User *User `json:"user"`
Reaction string `json:"content"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
}
// GetIssueReactions get a list reactions of an issue
func (c *Client) GetIssueReactions(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &reactions)
return reactions, resp, err
}
// GetIssueCommentReactions get a list of reactions from a comment of an issue
func (c *Client) GetIssueCommentReactions(owner, repo string, commentID int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil, &reactions)
return reactions, resp, err
}
// editReactionOption contain the reaction type
type editReactionOption struct {
Reaction string `json:"content"`
}
// PostIssueReaction add a reaction to an issue
func (c *Client) PostIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
return reactionResponse, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueReaction remove a reaction from an issue
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// PostIssueCommentReaction add a reaction to a comment of an issue
func (c *Client) PostIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
return reactionResponse, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueCommentReaction remove a reaction from a comment of an issue
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}

57
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_stopwatch.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"time"
)
// StopWatch represents a running stopwatch of an issue / pr
type StopWatch struct {
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
Seconds int64 `json:"seconds"`
Duration string `json:"duration"`
IssueIndex int64 `json:"issue_index"`
IssueTitle string `json:"issue_title"`
RepoOwnerName string `json:"repo_owner_name"`
RepoName string `json:"repo_name"`
}
// GetMyStopwatches list all stopwatches
func (c *Client) GetMyStopwatches() ([]*StopWatch, *Response, error) {
stopwatches := make([]*StopWatch, 0, 1)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/stopwatches", nil, nil, &stopwatches)
return stopwatches, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueStopwatch delete / cancel a specific stopwatch
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueStopwatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/delete", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// StartIssueStopWatch starts a stopwatch for an existing issue for a given
// repository
func (c *Client) StartIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/start", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// StopIssueStopWatch stops an existing stopwatch for an issue in a given
// repository
func (c *Client) StopIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/stop", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

87
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_subscription.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
)
// GetIssueSubscribers get list of users who subscribed on an issue
func (c *Client) GetIssueSubscribers(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
subscribers := make([]*User, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &subscribers)
return subscribers, resp, err
}
// AddIssueSubscription Subscribe user to issue
func (c *Client) AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status == http.StatusCreated {
return resp, nil
}
if status == http.StatusOK {
return resp, fmt.Errorf("already subscribed")
}
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
// DeleteIssueSubscription unsubscribe user from issue
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status == http.StatusCreated {
return resp, nil
}
if status == http.StatusOK {
return resp, fmt.Errorf("already unsubscribed")
}
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
// CheckIssueSubscription check if current user is subscribed to an issue
func (c *Client) CheckIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64) (*WatchInfo, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
wi := new(WatchInfo)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/check", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, wi)
return wi, resp, err
}
// IssueSubscribe subscribe current user to an issue
func (c *Client) IssueSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
}
// IssueUnSubscribe unsubscribe current user from an issue
func (c *Client) IssueUnSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
}

142
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_tracked_time.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// TrackedTime worked time for an issue / pr
type TrackedTime struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
// Time in seconds
Time int64 `json:"time"`
// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
UserID int64 `json:"user_id"`
UserName string `json:"user_name"`
// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
IssueID int64 `json:"issue_id"`
Issue *Issue `json:"issue"`
}
// ListTrackedTimesOptions options for listing repository's tracked times
type ListTrackedTimesOptions struct {
ListOptions
Since time.Time
Before time.Time
// User filter is only used by ListRepoTrackedTimes !!!
User string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListTrackedTimesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if len(opt.User) != 0 {
query.Add("user", opt.User)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListRepoTrackedTimes list tracked times of a repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/times", owner, repo))
opt.setDefaults()
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
return times, resp, err
}
// GetMyTrackedTimes list tracked times of the current user
func (c *Client) GetMyTrackedTimes() ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/times", jsonHeader, nil, &times)
return times, resp, err
}
// AddTimeOption options for adding time to an issue
type AddTimeOption struct {
// time in seconds
Time int64 `json:"time"`
// optional
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
// optional
User string `json:"user_name"`
}
// Validate the AddTimeOption struct
func (opt AddTimeOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Time == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("no time to add")
}
return nil
}
// AddTime adds time to issue with the given index
func (c *Client) AddTime(owner, repo string, index int64, opt AddTimeOption) (*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(TrackedTime)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
return t, resp, err
}
// ListIssueTrackedTimes list tracked times of a single issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) ListIssueTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index))
opt.setDefaults()
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
return times, resp, err
}
// ResetIssueTime reset tracked time of a single issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) ResetIssueTime(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteTime delete a specific tracked time by id of a single issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) DeleteTime(owner, repo string, index, timeID int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times/%d", owner, repo, index, timeID), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

42
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/list_options.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
)
const defaultPageSize = 10
const maxPageSize = 50
// ListOptions options for using Gitea's API pagination
type ListOptions struct {
Page int
PageSize int
}
func (o ListOptions) getURLQuery() url.Values {
query := make(url.Values)
query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.Page))
query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.PageSize))
return query
}
// setDefaults set default pagination options if none or wrong are set
// if you set -1 as page it will set all to 0
func (o *ListOptions) setDefaults() {
if o.Page < 0 {
o.Page, o.PageSize = 0, 0
return
} else if o.Page == 0 {
o.Page = 1
}
if o.PageSize < 0 || o.PageSize > maxPageSize {
o.PageSize = defaultPageSize
}
}

241
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/notifications.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
)
var (
version1_12_3, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.3")
)
// NotificationThread expose Notification on API
type NotificationThread struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Repository *Repository `json:"repository"`
Subject *NotificationSubject `json:"subject"`
Unread bool `json:"unread"`
Pinned bool `json:"pinned"`
UpdatedAt time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// NotificationSubject contains the notification subject (Issue/Pull/Commit)
type NotificationSubject struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
URL string `json:"url"`
LatestCommentURL string `json:"latest_comment_url"`
Type NotifySubjectType `json:"type"`
State NotifySubjectState `json:"state"`
}
// NotifyStatus notification status type
type NotifyStatus string
const (
// NotifyStatusUnread was not read
NotifyStatusUnread NotifyStatus = "unread"
// NotifyStatusRead was already read by user
NotifyStatusRead NotifyStatus = "read"
// NotifyStatusPinned notification is pinned by user
NotifyStatusPinned NotifyStatus = "pinned"
)
// NotifySubjectType represent type of notification subject
type NotifySubjectType string
const (
// NotifySubjectIssue an issue is subject of an notification
NotifySubjectIssue NotifySubjectType = "Issue"
// NotifySubjectPull an pull is subject of an notification
NotifySubjectPull NotifySubjectType = "Pull"
// NotifySubjectCommit an commit is subject of an notification
NotifySubjectCommit NotifySubjectType = "Commit"
// NotifySubjectRepository an repository is subject of an notification
NotifySubjectRepository NotifySubjectType = "Repository"
)
// NotifySubjectState reflect state of notification subject
type NotifySubjectState string
const (
// NotifySubjectOpen if subject is a pull/issue and is open at the moment
NotifySubjectOpen NotifySubjectState = "open"
// NotifySubjectClosed if subject is a pull/issue and is closed at the moment
NotifySubjectClosed NotifySubjectState = "closed"
// NotifySubjectMerged if subject is a pull and got merged
NotifySubjectMerged NotifySubjectState = "merged"
)
// ListNotificationOptions represents the filter options
type ListNotificationOptions struct {
ListOptions
Since time.Time
Before time.Time
Status []NotifyStatus
SubjectTypes []NotifySubjectType
}
// MarkNotificationOptions represents the filter & modify options
type MarkNotificationOptions struct {
LastReadAt time.Time
Status []NotifyStatus
ToStatus NotifyStatus
}
// QueryEncode encode options to url query
func (opt *ListNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
for _, s := range opt.Status {
query.Add("status-types", string(s))
}
for _, s := range opt.SubjectTypes {
query.Add("subject-type", string(s))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
func (opt ListNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
if len(opt.Status) != 0 {
return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
}
return nil
}
// QueryEncode encode options to url query
func (opt *MarkNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := make(url.Values)
if !opt.LastReadAt.IsZero() {
query.Add("last_read_at", opt.LastReadAt.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
for _, s := range opt.Status {
query.Add("status-types", string(s))
}
if len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
query.Add("to-status", string(opt.ToStatus))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
func (opt MarkNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
if len(opt.Status) != 0 || len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
}
return nil
}
// CheckNotifications list users's notification threads
func (c *Client) CheckNotifications() (int64, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return 0, nil, err
}
new := struct {
New int64 `json:"new"`
}{}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/notifications/new", jsonHeader, nil, &new)
return new.New, resp, err
}
// GetNotification get notification thread by ID
func (c *Client) GetNotification(id int64) (*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
thread := new(NotificationThread)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id), nil, nil, thread)
return thread, resp, err
}
// ReadNotification mark notification thread as read by ID
// It optionally takes a second argument if status has to be set other than 'read'
func (c *Client) ReadNotification(id int64, status ...NotifyStatus) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
link := fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id)
if len(status) != 0 {
link += fmt.Sprintf("?to-status=%s", status[0])
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", link, nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListNotifications list users's notification threads
func (c *Client) ListNotifications(opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
return threads, resp, err
}
// ReadNotifications mark notification threads as read
func (c *Client) ReadNotifications(opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListRepoNotifications list users's notification threads on a specific repo
func (c *Client) ListRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
return threads, resp, err
}
// ReadRepoNotifications mark notification threads as read on a specific repo
func (c *Client) ReadRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

91
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/oauth2.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// Oauth2 represents an Oauth2 Application
type Oauth2 struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
ClientID string `json:"client_id"`
ClientSecret string `json:"client_secret"`
RedirectURIs []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
}
// ListOauth2Option for listing Oauth2 Applications
type ListOauth2Option struct {
ListOptions
}
// CreateOauth2Option required options for creating an Application
type CreateOauth2Option struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
RedirectURIs []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
}
// CreateOauth2 create an Oauth2 Application and returns a completed Oauth2 object.
func (c *Client) CreateOauth2(opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
oauth := new(Oauth2)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/applications/oauth2", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
return oauth, resp, err
}
// UpdateOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID and return a completed Oauth2 object.
func (c *Client) UpdateOauth2(oauth2id int64, opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
oauth := new(Oauth2)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
return oauth, resp, err
}
// GetOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID.
func (c *Client) GetOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
oauth2s := &Oauth2{}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
return oauth2s, resp, err
}
// ListOauth2 all of your Oauth2 Applications.
func (c *Client) ListOauth2(opt ListOauth2Option) ([]*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
oauth2s := make([]*Oauth2, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
return oauth2s, resp, err
}
// DeleteOauth2 delete an Oauth2 application by ID
func (c *Client) DeleteOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

155
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// Organization represents an organization
type Organization struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
UserName string `json:"username"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Location string `json:"location"`
Visibility string `json:"visibility"`
}
// VisibleType defines the visibility
type VisibleType string
const (
// VisibleTypePublic Visible for everyone
VisibleTypePublic VisibleType = "public"
// VisibleTypeLimited Visible for every connected user
VisibleTypeLimited VisibleType = "limited"
// VisibleTypePrivate Visible only for organization's members
VisibleTypePrivate VisibleType = "private"
)
// ListOrgsOptions options for listing organizations
type ListOrgsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListMyOrgs list all of current user's organizations
func (c *Client) ListMyOrgs(opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
return orgs, resp, err
}
// ListUserOrgs list all of some user's organizations
func (c *Client) ListUserOrgs(user string, opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/orgs?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
return orgs, resp, err
}
// GetOrg get one organization by name
func (c *Client) GetOrg(orgname string) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
org := new(Organization)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), nil, nil, org)
return org, resp, err
}
// CreateOrgOption options for creating an organization
type CreateOrgOption struct {
Name string `json:"username"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Location string `json:"location"`
Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
RepoAdminChangeTeamAccess bool `json:"repo_admin_change_team_access"`
}
// checkVisibilityOpt check if mode exist
func checkVisibilityOpt(v VisibleType) bool {
return v == VisibleTypePublic || v == VisibleTypeLimited || v == VisibleTypePrivate
}
// Validate the CreateOrgOption struct
func (opt CreateOrgOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("empty org name")
}
if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
}
return nil
}
// CreateOrg creates an organization
func (c *Client) CreateOrg(opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
org := new(Organization)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/orgs", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
return org, resp, err
}
// EditOrgOption options for editing an organization
type EditOrgOption struct {
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Location string `json:"location"`
Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
}
// Validate the EditOrgOption struct
func (opt EditOrgOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
}
return nil
}
// EditOrg modify one organization via options
func (c *Client) EditOrg(orgname string, opt EditOrgOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteOrg deletes an organization
func (c *Client) DeleteOrg(orgname string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

119
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_member.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
"net/url"
)
// DeleteOrgMembership remove a member from an organization
func (c *Client) DeleteOrgMembership(org, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListOrgMembershipOption list OrgMembership options
type ListOrgMembershipOption struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListOrgMembership list an organization's members
func (c *Client) ListOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members", org))
link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// ListPublicOrgMembership list an organization's members
func (c *Client) ListPublicOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members", org))
link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// CheckOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
func (c *Client) CheckOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
switch status {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return true, resp, nil
case http.StatusNotFound:
return false, resp, nil
default:
return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
}
// CheckPublicOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
func (c *Client) CheckPublicOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
switch status {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return true, resp, nil
case http.StatusNotFound:
return false, resp, nil
default:
return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
}
// SetPublicOrgMembership publicize/conceal a user's membership
func (c *Client) SetPublicOrgMembership(org, user string, visible bool) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var (
status int
err error
resp *Response
)
if visible {
status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
} else {
status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
}
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
switch status {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return resp, nil
case http.StatusNotFound:
return resp, fmt.Errorf("forbidden")
default:
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
}

242
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_team.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// Team represents a team in an organization
type Team struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Organization *Organization `json:"organization"`
Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"`
CanCreateOrgRepo bool `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
IncludesAllRepositories bool `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
Units []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
}
// RepoUnitType represent all unit types of a repo gitea currently offer
type RepoUnitType string
const (
// RepoUnitCode represent file view of a repository
RepoUnitCode RepoUnitType = "repo.code"
// RepoUnitIssues represent issues of a repository
RepoUnitIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.issues"
// RepoUnitPulls represent pulls of a repository
RepoUnitPulls RepoUnitType = "repo.pulls"
// RepoUnitExtIssues represent external issues of a repository
RepoUnitExtIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_issues"
// RepoUnitWiki represent wiki of a repository
RepoUnitWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.wiki"
// RepoUnitExtWiki represent external wiki of a repository
RepoUnitExtWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_wiki"
// RepoUnitReleases represent releases of a repository
RepoUnitReleases RepoUnitType = "repo.releases"
// RepoUnitProjects represent projects of a repository
RepoUnitProjects RepoUnitType = "repo.projects"
)
// ListTeamsOptions options for listing teams
type ListTeamsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListOrgTeams lists all teams of an organization
func (c *Client) ListOrgTeams(org string, opt ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
return teams, resp, err
}
// ListMyTeams lists all the teams of the current user
func (c *Client) ListMyTeams(opt *ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/teams?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
return teams, resp, err
}
// GetTeam gets a team by ID
func (c *Client) GetTeam(id int64) (*Team, *Response, error) {
t := new(Team)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil, t)
return t, resp, err
}
// CreateTeamOption options for creating a team
type CreateTeamOption struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"`
CanCreateOrgRepo bool `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
IncludesAllRepositories bool `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
Units []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
}
// Validate the CreateTeamOption struct
func (opt CreateTeamOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
}
if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("name required")
}
if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
}
if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
}
return nil
}
// CreateTeam creates a team for an organization
func (c *Client) CreateTeam(org string, opt CreateTeamOption) (*Team, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(Team)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
return t, resp, err
}
// EditTeamOption options for editing a team
type EditTeamOption struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Description *string `json:"description"`
Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"`
CanCreateOrgRepo *bool `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
IncludesAllRepositories *bool `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
Units []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
}
// Validate the EditTeamOption struct
func (opt EditTeamOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
}
if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("name required")
}
if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
}
if opt.Description != nil && len(*opt.Description) > 255 {
return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
}
return nil
}
// EditTeam edits a team of an organization
func (c *Client) EditTeam(id int64, opt EditTeamOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteTeam deletes a team of an organization
func (c *Client) DeleteTeam(id int64) (*Response, error) {
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListTeamMembersOptions options for listing team's members
type ListTeamMembersOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListTeamMembers lists all members of a team
func (c *Client) ListTeamMembers(id int64, opt ListTeamMembersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
members := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &members)
return members, resp, err
}
// GetTeamMember gets a member of a team
func (c *Client) GetTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
m := new(User)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil, m)
return m, resp, err
}
// AddTeamMember adds a member to a team
func (c *Client) AddTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// RemoveTeamMember removes a member from a team
func (c *Client) RemoveTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListTeamRepositoriesOptions options for listing team's repositories
type ListTeamRepositoriesOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListTeamRepositories lists all repositories of a team
func (c *Client) ListTeamRepositories(id int64, opt ListTeamRepositoriesOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// AddTeamRepository adds a repository to a team
func (c *Client) AddTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// RemoveTeamRepository removes a repository from a team
func (c *Client) RemoveTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

328
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
)
// PRBranchInfo information about a branch
type PRBranchInfo struct {
Name string `json:"label"`
Ref string `json:"ref"`
Sha string `json:"sha"`
RepoID int64 `json:"repo_id"`
Repository *Repository `json:"repo"`
}
// PullRequest represents a pull request
type PullRequest struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Index int64 `json:"number"`
Poster *User `json:"user"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Labels []*Label `json:"labels"`
Milestone *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
Assignee *User `json:"assignee"`
Assignees []*User `json:"assignees"`
State StateType `json:"state"`
IsLocked bool `json:"is_locked"`
Comments int `json:"comments"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
DiffURL string `json:"diff_url"`
PatchURL string `json:"patch_url"`
Mergeable bool `json:"mergeable"`
HasMerged bool `json:"merged"`
Merged *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
MergedCommitID *string `json:"merge_commit_sha"`
MergedBy *User `json:"merged_by"`
Base *PRBranchInfo `json:"base"`
Head *PRBranchInfo `json:"head"`
MergeBase string `json:"merge_base"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
Created *time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Closed *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
}
// ListPullRequestsOptions options for listing pull requests
type ListPullRequestsOptions struct {
ListOptions
State StateType `json:"state"`
// oldest, recentupdate, leastupdate, mostcomment, leastcomment, priority
Sort string
Milestone int64
}
// MergeStyle is used specify how a pull is merged
type MergeStyle string
const (
// MergeStyleMerge merge pull as usual
MergeStyleMerge MergeStyle = "merge"
// MergeStyleRebase rebase pull
MergeStyleRebase MergeStyle = "rebase"
// MergeStyleRebaseMerge rebase and merge pull
MergeStyleRebaseMerge MergeStyle = "rebase-merge"
// MergeStyleSquash squash and merge pull
MergeStyleSquash MergeStyle = "squash"
)
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListPullRequestsOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if len(opt.State) > 0 {
query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
}
if len(opt.Sort) > 0 {
query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
}
if opt.Milestone > 0 {
query.Add("milestone", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Milestone))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListRepoPullRequests list PRs of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoPullRequests(owner, repo string, opt ListPullRequestsOptions) ([]*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
prs := make([]*PullRequest, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &prs)
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
for i := range prs {
if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, prs[i]); err != nil {
return prs, resp, err
}
}
}
return prs, resp, err
}
// GetPullRequest get information of one PR
func (c *Client) GetPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
pr := new(PullRequest)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, pr)
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, pr); err != nil {
return pr, resp, err
}
}
return pr, resp, err
}
// CreatePullRequestOption options when creating a pull request
type CreatePullRequestOption struct {
Head string `json:"head"`
Base string `json:"base"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Assignee string `json:"assignee"`
Assignees []string `json:"assignees"`
Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"`
Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
}
// CreatePullRequest create pull request with options
func (c *Client) CreatePullRequest(owner, repo string, opt CreatePullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
pr := new(PullRequest)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
return pr, resp, err
}
// EditPullRequestOption options when modify pull request
type EditPullRequestOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Base string `json:"base"`
Assignee string `json:"assignee"`
Assignees []string `json:"assignees"`
Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"`
Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
State *StateType `json:"state"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
}
// Validate the EditPullRequestOption struct
func (opt EditPullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
if len(opt.Base) != 0 {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("can not change base gitea to old")
}
}
return nil
}
// EditPullRequest modify pull request with PR id and options
func (c *Client) EditPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditPullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
pr := new(PullRequest)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
return pr, resp, err
}
// MergePullRequestOption options when merging a pull request
type MergePullRequestOption struct {
Style MergeStyle `json:"Do"`
Title string `json:"MergeTitleField"`
Message string `json:"MergeMessageField"`
}
var version1_11_5, _ = version.NewVersion("1.11.5")
// Validate the MergePullRequestOption struct
func (opt MergePullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
if opt.Style == MergeStyleSquash {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_5); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}
// MergePullRequest merge a PR to repository by PR id
func (c *Client) MergePullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt MergePullRequestOption) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
return status == 200, resp, nil
}
// IsPullRequestMerged test if one PR is merged to one repository
func (c *Client) IsPullRequestMerged(owner, repo string, index int64) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
return status == 204, resp, nil
}
// getPullRequestDiffOrPatch gets the patch or diff file as bytes for a PR
func (c *Client) getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, kind string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &kind); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
r, _, err2 := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
if err2 != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if r.Private {
return nil, nil, err
}
return c.getWebResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil)
}
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil, nil)
}
// GetPullRequestPatch gets the .patch file as bytes for a PR
func (c *Client) GetPullRequestPatch(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "patch", index)
}
// GetPullRequestDiff gets the .diff file as bytes for a PR
func (c *Client) GetPullRequestDiff(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "diff", index)
}
// ListPullRequestCommitsOptions options for listing pull requests
type ListPullRequestCommitsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListPullRequestCommits list commits for a pull request
func (c *Client) ListPullRequestCommits(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullRequestCommitsOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/commits", owner, repo, index))
opt.setDefaults()
commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
return commits, resp, err
}
// fixPullHeadSha is a workaround for https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/12675
// When no head sha is available, this is because the branch got deleted in the base repo.
// pr.Head.Ref points in this case not to the head repo branch name, but the base repo ref,
// which stays available to resolve the commit sha. This is fixed for gitea >= 1.14.0
func fixPullHeadSha(client *Client, pr *PullRequest) error {
if pr.Base != nil && pr.Base.Repository != nil && pr.Base.Repository.Owner != nil &&
pr.Head != nil && pr.Head.Ref != "" && pr.Head.Sha == "" {
owner := pr.Base.Repository.Owner.UserName
repo := pr.Base.Repository.Name
refs, _, err := client.GetRepoRefs(owner, repo, pr.Head.Ref)
if err != nil {
return err
} else if len(refs) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("unable to resolve PR ref '%s'", pr.Head.Ref)
}
pr.Head.Sha = refs[0].Object.SHA
}
return nil
}

325
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull_review.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// ReviewStateType review state type
type ReviewStateType string
const (
// ReviewStateApproved pr is approved
ReviewStateApproved ReviewStateType = "APPROVED"
// ReviewStatePending pr state is pending
ReviewStatePending ReviewStateType = "PENDING"
// ReviewStateComment is a comment review
ReviewStateComment ReviewStateType = "COMMENT"
// ReviewStateRequestChanges changes for pr are requested
ReviewStateRequestChanges ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_CHANGES"
// ReviewStateRequestReview review is requested from user
ReviewStateRequestReview ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_REVIEW"
// ReviewStateUnknown state of pr is unknown
ReviewStateUnknown ReviewStateType = ""
)
// PullReview represents a pull request review
type PullReview struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Reviewer *User `json:"user"`
ReviewerTeam *Team `json:"team"`
State ReviewStateType `json:"state"`
Body string `json:"body"`
CommitID string `json:"commit_id"`
// Stale indicates if the pull has changed since the review
Stale bool `json:"stale"`
// Official indicates if the review counts towards the required approval limit, if PR base is a protected branch
Official bool `json:"official"`
Dismissed bool `json:"dismissed"`
CodeCommentsCount int `json:"comments_count"`
Submitted time.Time `json:"submitted_at"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
}
// PullReviewComment represents a comment on a pull request review
type PullReviewComment struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Reviewer *User `json:"user"`
ReviewID int64 `json:"pull_request_review_id"`
Resolver *User `json:"resolver"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Path string `json:"path"`
CommitID string `json:"commit_id"`
OrigCommitID string `json:"original_commit_id"`
DiffHunk string `json:"diff_hunk"`
LineNum uint64 `json:"position"`
OldLineNum uint64 `json:"original_position"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
}
// CreatePullReviewOptions are options to create a pull review
type CreatePullReviewOptions struct {
State ReviewStateType `json:"event"`
Body string `json:"body"`
CommitID string `json:"commit_id"`
Comments []CreatePullReviewComment `json:"comments"`
}
// CreatePullReviewComment represent a review comment for creation api
type CreatePullReviewComment struct {
// the tree path
Path string `json:"path"`
Body string `json:"body"`
// if comment to old file line or 0
OldLineNum int64 `json:"old_position"`
// if comment to new file line or 0
NewLineNum int64 `json:"new_position"`
}
// SubmitPullReviewOptions are options to submit a pending pull review
type SubmitPullReviewOptions struct {
State ReviewStateType `json:"event"`
Body string `json:"body"`
}
// DismissPullReviewOptions are options to dismiss a pull review
type DismissPullReviewOptions struct {
Message string `json:"message"`
}
// PullReviewRequestOptions are options to add or remove pull review requests
type PullReviewRequestOptions struct {
Reviewers []string `json:"reviewers"`
TeamReviewers []string `json:"team_reviewers"`
}
// ListPullReviewsOptions options for listing PullReviews
type ListPullReviewsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// Validate the CreatePullReviewOptions struct
func (opt CreatePullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
for i := range opt.Comments {
if err := opt.Comments[i].Validate(); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}
// Validate the SubmitPullReviewOptions struct
func (opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
return nil
}
// Validate the CreatePullReviewComment struct
func (opt CreatePullReviewComment) Validate() error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
if opt.NewLineNum != 0 && opt.OldLineNum != 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("old and new line num are set, cant identify the code comment position")
}
return nil
}
// ListPullReviews lists all reviews of a pull request
func (c *Client) ListPullReviews(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullReviewsOptions) ([]*PullReview, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
rs := make([]*PullReview, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index))
link.RawQuery = opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rs)
return rs, resp, err
}
// GetPullReview gets a specific review of a pull request
func (c *Client) GetPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(PullReview)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil, &r)
return r, resp, err
}
// ListPullReviewComments lists all comments of a pull request review
func (c *Client) ListPullReviewComments(owner, repo string, index, id int64) ([]*PullReviewComment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
rcl := make([]*PullReviewComment, 0, 4)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/comments", owner, repo, index, id))
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rcl)
return rcl, resp, err
}
// DeletePullReview delete a specific review from a pull request
func (c *Client) DeletePullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}
// CreatePullReview create a review to an pull request
func (c *Client) CreatePullReview(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreatePullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(PullReview)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
return r, resp, err
}
// SubmitPullReview submit a pending review to an pull request
func (c *Client) SubmitPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(PullReview)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
return r, resp, err
}
// CreateReviewRequests create review requests to an pull request
func (c *Client) CreateReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteReviewRequests delete review requests to an pull request
func (c *Client) DeleteReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DismissPullReview dismiss a review for a pull request
func (c *Client) DismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt DismissPullReviewOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/dismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// UnDismissPullReview cancel to dismiss a review for a pull request
func (c *Client) UnDismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/undismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

202
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/release.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/http"
"strings"
"time"
)
// Release represents a repository release
type Release struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
Target string `json:"target_commitish"`
Title string `json:"name"`
Note string `json:"body"`
URL string `json:"url"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
TarURL string `json:"tarball_url"`
ZipURL string `json:"zipball_url"`
IsDraft bool `json:"draft"`
IsPrerelease bool `json:"prerelease"`
CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at"`
PublishedAt time.Time `json:"published_at"`
Publisher *User `json:"author"`
Attachments []*Attachment `json:"assets"`
}
// ListReleasesOptions options for listing repository's releases
type ListReleasesOptions struct {
ListOptions
IsDraft *bool
IsPreRelease *bool
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListReleasesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if opt.IsDraft != nil {
query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsDraft))
}
if opt.IsPreRelease != nil {
query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsPreRelease))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListReleases list releases of a repository
func (c *Client) ListReleases(owner, repo string, opt ListReleasesOptions) ([]*Release, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
releases := make([]*Release, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases?%s", owner, repo, opt.QueryEncode()),
nil, nil, &releases)
return releases, resp, err
}
// GetRelease get a release of a repository by id
func (c *Client) GetRelease(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Release, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(Release)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
jsonHeader, nil, &r)
return r, resp, err
}
// GetReleaseByTag get a release of a repository by tag
func (c *Client) GetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
return c.fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo, tag)
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(Release)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", owner, repo, tag),
nil, nil, &r)
return r, resp, err
}
// CreateReleaseOption options when creating a release
type CreateReleaseOption struct {
TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
Target string `json:"target_commitish"`
Title string `json:"name"`
Note string `json:"body"`
IsDraft bool `json:"draft"`
IsPrerelease bool `json:"prerelease"`
}
// Validate the CreateReleaseOption struct
func (opt CreateReleaseOption) Validate() error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// CreateRelease create a release
func (c *Client) CreateRelease(owner, repo string, opt CreateReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(Release)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases", owner, repo),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
return r, resp, err
}
// EditReleaseOption options when editing a release
type EditReleaseOption struct {
TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
Target string `json:"target_commitish"`
Title string `json:"name"`
Note string `json:"body"`
IsDraft *bool `json:"draft"`
IsPrerelease *bool `json:"prerelease"`
}
// EditRelease edit a release
func (c *Client) EditRelease(owner, repo string, id int64, form EditReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(form)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(Release)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
return r, resp, err
}
// DeleteRelease delete a release from a repository, keeping its tag
func (c *Client) DeleteRelease(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", user, repo, id),
nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteReleaseByTag deletes a release frm a repository by tag
func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseByTag(user, repo string, tag string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// fallbackGetReleaseByTag is fallback for old gitea installations ( < 1.13.0 )
func (c *Client) fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
for i := 1; ; i++ {
rl, resp, err := c.ListReleases(owner, repo, ListReleasesOptions{ListOptions: ListOptions{Page: i}})
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
if len(rl) == 0 {
return nil,
&Response{&http.Response{StatusCode: 404}},
fmt.Errorf("release with tag '%s' not found", tag)
}
for _, r := range rl {
if r.TagName == tag {
return r, resp, nil
}
}
}
}

534
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"io"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// Permission represents a set of permissions
type Permission struct {
Admin bool `json:"admin"`
Push bool `json:"push"`
Pull bool `json:"pull"`
}
// InternalTracker represents settings for internal tracker
type InternalTracker struct {
// Enable time tracking (Built-in issue tracker)
EnableTimeTracker bool `json:"enable_time_tracker"`
// Let only contributors track time (Built-in issue tracker)
AllowOnlyContributorsToTrackTime bool `json:"allow_only_contributors_to_track_time"`
// Enable dependencies for issues and pull requests (Built-in issue tracker)
EnableIssueDependencies bool `json:"enable_issue_dependencies"`
}
// ExternalTracker represents settings for external tracker
type ExternalTracker struct {
// URL of external issue tracker.
ExternalTrackerURL string `json:"external_tracker_url"`
// External Issue Tracker URL Format. Use the placeholders {user}, {repo} and {index} for the username, repository name and issue index.
ExternalTrackerFormat string `json:"external_tracker_format"`
// External Issue Tracker Number Format, either `numeric` or `alphanumeric`
ExternalTrackerStyle string `json:"external_tracker_style"`
}
// ExternalWiki represents setting for external wiki
type ExternalWiki struct {
// URL of external wiki.
ExternalWikiURL string `json:"external_wiki_url"`
}
// Repository represents a repository
type Repository struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Owner *User `json:"owner"`
Name string `json:"name"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Empty bool `json:"empty"`
Private bool `json:"private"`
Fork bool `json:"fork"`
Template bool `json:"template"`
Parent *Repository `json:"parent"`
Mirror bool `json:"mirror"`
Size int `json:"size"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
SSHURL string `json:"ssh_url"`
CloneURL string `json:"clone_url"`
OriginalURL string `json:"original_url"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Stars int `json:"stars_count"`
Forks int `json:"forks_count"`
Watchers int `json:"watchers_count"`
OpenIssues int `json:"open_issues_count"`
OpenPulls int `json:"open_pr_counter"`
Releases int `json:"release_counter"`
DefaultBranch string `json:"default_branch"`
Archived bool `json:"archived"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Permissions *Permission `json:"permissions,omitempty"`
HasIssues bool `json:"has_issues"`
InternalTracker *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
ExternalTracker *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
HasWiki bool `json:"has_wiki"`
ExternalWiki *ExternalWiki `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
HasPullRequests bool `json:"has_pull_requests"`
HasProjects bool `json:"has_projects"`
IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts bool `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts"`
AllowMerge bool `json:"allow_merge_commits"`
AllowRebase bool `json:"allow_rebase"`
AllowRebaseMerge bool `json:"allow_rebase_explicit"`
AllowSquash bool `json:"allow_squash_merge"`
AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"`
Internal bool `json:"internal"`
MirrorInterval string `json:"mirror_interval"`
DefaultMergeStyle MergeStyle `json:"default_merge_style"`
}
// RepoType represent repo type
type RepoType string
const (
// RepoTypeNone dont specify a type
RepoTypeNone RepoType = ""
// RepoTypeSource is the default repo type
RepoTypeSource RepoType = "source"
// RepoTypeFork is a repo witch was forked from an other one
RepoTypeFork RepoType = "fork"
// RepoTypeMirror represents an mirror repo
RepoTypeMirror RepoType = "mirror"
)
// TrustModel represent how git signatures are handled in a repository
type TrustModel string
const (
// TrustModelDefault use TM set by global config
TrustModelDefault TrustModel = "default"
// TrustModelCollaborator gpg signature has to be owned by a repo collaborator
TrustModelCollaborator TrustModel = "collaborator"
// TrustModelCommitter gpg signature has to match committer
TrustModelCommitter TrustModel = "committer"
// TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter gpg signature has to match committer and owned by a repo collaborator
TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter TrustModel = "collaboratorcommitter"
)
// ListReposOptions options for listing repositories
type ListReposOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListMyRepos lists all repositories for the authenticated user that has access to.
func (c *Client) ListMyRepos(opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/repos?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// ListUserRepos list all repositories of one user by user's name
func (c *Client) ListUserRepos(user string, opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/repos?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// ListOrgReposOptions options for a organization's repositories
type ListOrgReposOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListOrgRepos list all repositories of one organization by organization's name
func (c *Client) ListOrgRepos(org string, opt ListOrgReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/repos?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// SearchRepoOptions options for searching repositories
type SearchRepoOptions struct {
ListOptions
// The keyword to query
Keyword string
// Limit search to repositories with keyword as topic
KeywordIsTopic bool
// Include search of keyword within repository description
KeywordInDescription bool
/*
User Filter
*/
// Repo Owner
OwnerID int64
// Stared By UserID
StarredByUserID int64
/*
Repo Attributes
*/
// pubic, private or all repositories (defaults to all)
IsPrivate *bool
// archived, non-archived or all repositories (defaults to all)
IsArchived *bool
// Exclude template repos from search
ExcludeTemplate bool
// Filter by "fork", "source", "mirror"
Type RepoType
/*
Sort Filters
*/
// sort repos by attribute. Supported values are "alpha", "created", "updated", "size", and "id". Default is "alpha"
Sort string
// sort order, either "asc" (ascending) or "desc" (descending). Default is "asc", ignored if "sort" is not specified.
Order string
// Repo owner to prioritize in the results
PrioritizedByOwnerID int64
/*
Cover EdgeCases
*/
// if set all other options are ignored and this string is used as query
RawQuery string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *SearchRepoOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if opt.Keyword != "" {
query.Add("q", opt.Keyword)
}
if opt.KeywordIsTopic {
query.Add("topic", "true")
}
if opt.KeywordInDescription {
query.Add("includeDesc", "true")
}
// User Filter
if opt.OwnerID > 0 {
query.Add("uid", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.OwnerID))
query.Add("exclusive", "true")
}
if opt.StarredByUserID > 0 {
query.Add("starredBy", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.StarredByUserID))
}
// Repo Attributes
if opt.IsPrivate != nil {
query.Add("is_private", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsPrivate))
}
if opt.IsArchived != nil {
query.Add("archived", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsArchived))
}
if opt.ExcludeTemplate {
query.Add("template", "false")
}
if len(opt.Type) != 0 {
query.Add("mode", string(opt.Type))
}
// Sort Filters
if opt.Sort != "" {
query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
}
if opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID > 0 {
query.Add("priority_owner_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID))
}
if opt.Order != "" {
query.Add("order", opt.Order)
}
return query.Encode()
}
type searchRepoResponse struct {
Repos []*Repository `json:"data"`
}
// SearchRepos searches for repositories matching the given filters
func (c *Client) SearchRepos(opt SearchRepoOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
repos := new(searchRepoResponse)
link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/search")
if len(opt.RawQuery) != 0 {
link.RawQuery = opt.RawQuery
} else {
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
// IsPrivate only works on gitea >= 1.12.0
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil && opt.IsPrivate != nil {
if *opt.IsPrivate {
// private repos only not supported on gitea <= 1.11.x
return nil, nil, err
}
link.Query().Add("private", "false")
}
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos.Repos, resp, err
}
// CreateRepoOption options when creating repository
type CreateRepoOption struct {
// Name of the repository to create
Name string `json:"name"`
// Description of the repository to create
Description string `json:"description"`
// Whether the repository is private
Private bool `json:"private"`
// Issue Label set to use
IssueLabels string `json:"issue_labels"`
// Whether the repository should be auto-intialized?
AutoInit bool `json:"auto_init"`
// Whether the repository is template
Template bool `json:"template"`
// Gitignores to use
Gitignores string `json:"gitignores"`
// License to use
License string `json:"license"`
// Readme of the repository to create
Readme string `json:"readme"`
// DefaultBranch of the repository (used when initializes and in template)
DefaultBranch string `json:"default_branch"`
// TrustModel of the repository
TrustModel TrustModel `json:"trust_model"`
}
// Validate the CreateRepoOption struct
func (opt CreateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("name is empty")
}
if len(opt.Name) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars")
}
if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 255 chars")
}
if len(opt.DefaultBranch) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars")
}
if len(opt.TrustModel) != 0 {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}
// CreateRepo creates a repository for authenticated user.
func (c *Client) CreateRepo(opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/repos", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// CreateOrgRepo creates an organization repository for authenticated user.
func (c *Client) CreateOrgRepo(org string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/org/%s/repos", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// GetRepo returns information of a repository of given owner.
func (c *Client) GetRepo(owner, reponame string) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), nil, nil, repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// GetRepoByID returns information of a repository by a giver repository ID.
func (c *Client) GetRepoByID(id int64) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repositories/%d", id), nil, nil, repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// EditRepoOption options when editing a repository's properties
type EditRepoOption struct {
// name of the repository
Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
// a short description of the repository.
Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
// a URL with more information about the repository.
Website *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
// either `true` to make the repository private or `false` to make it public.
// Note: you will get a 422 error if the organization restricts changing repository visibility to organization
// owners and a non-owner tries to change the value of private.
Private *bool `json:"private,omitempty"`
// either `true` to make this repository a template or `false` to make it a normal repository
Template *bool `json:"template,omitempty"`
// either `true` to enable issues for this repository or `false` to disable them.
HasIssues *bool `json:"has_issues,omitempty"`
// set this structure to configure internal issue tracker (requires has_issues)
InternalTracker *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
// set this structure to use external issue tracker (requires has_issues)
ExternalTracker *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
// either `true` to enable the wiki for this repository or `false` to disable it.
HasWiki *bool `json:"has_wiki,omitempty"`
// set this structure to use external wiki instead of internal (requires has_wiki)
ExternalWiki *ExternalWiki `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
// sets the default branch for this repository.
DefaultBranch *string `json:"default_branch,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow pull requests, or `false` to prevent pull request.
HasPullRequests *bool `json:"has_pull_requests,omitempty"`
// either `true` to enable project unit, or `false` to disable them.
HasProjects *bool `json:"has_projects,omitempty"`
// either `true` to ignore whitespace for conflicts, or `false` to not ignore whitespace. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts *bool `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow merging pull requests with a merge commit, or `false` to prevent merging pull requests with merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowMerge *bool `json:"allow_merge_commits,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow rebase-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent rebase-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowRebase *bool `json:"allow_rebase,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow rebase with explicit merge commits (--no-ff), or `false` to prevent rebase with explicit merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowRebaseMerge *bool `json:"allow_rebase_explicit,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow squash-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent squash-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowSquash *bool `json:"allow_squash_merge,omitempty"`
// set to `true` to archive this repository.
Archived *bool `json:"archived,omitempty"`
// set to a string like `8h30m0s` to set the mirror interval time
MirrorInterval *string `json:"mirror_interval,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow mark pr as merged manually, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowManualMerge *bool `json:"allow_manual_merge,omitempty"`
// either `true` to enable AutodetectManualMerge, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`, Note: In some special cases, misjudgments can occur.
AutodetectManualMerge *bool `json:"autodetect_manual_merge,omitempty"`
// set to a merge style to be used by this repository: "merge", "rebase", "rebase-merge", or "squash". `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
DefaultMergeStyle *MergeStyle `json:"default_merge_style,omitempty"`
// set to `true` to archive this repository.
}
// EditRepo edit the properties of a repository
func (c *Client) EditRepo(owner, reponame string, opt EditRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// DeleteRepo deletes a repository of user or organization.
func (c *Client) DeleteRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, repo), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// MirrorSync adds a mirrored repository to the mirror sync queue.
func (c *Client) MirrorSync(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/mirror-sync", owner, repo), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// GetRepoLanguages return language stats of a repo
func (c *Client) GetRepoLanguages(owner, repo string) (map[string]int64, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
langMap := make(map[string]int64)
data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/languages", owner, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &langMap); err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return langMap, resp, nil
}
// ArchiveType represent supported archive formats by gitea
type ArchiveType string
const (
// ZipArchive represent zip format
ZipArchive ArchiveType = ".zip"
// TarGZArchive represent tar.gz format
TarGZArchive ArchiveType = ".tar.gz"
)
// GetArchive get an archive of a repository by git reference
// e.g.: ref -> master, 70b7c74b33, v1.2.1, ...
func (c *Client) GetArchive(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
}
// GetArchiveReader gets a `git archive` for a particular tree-ish git reference
// such as a branch name (`master`), a commit hash (`70b7c74b33`), a tag
// (`v1.2.1`). The archive is returned as a byte stream in a ReadCloser. It is
// the responsibility of the client to close the reader.
func (c *Client) GetArchiveReader(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) (io.ReadCloser, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
resp, err := c.doRequest("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
if _, err := statusCodeToErr(resp); err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return resp.Body, resp, nil
}

143
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// PayloadUser represents the author or committer of a commit
type PayloadUser struct {
// Full name of the commit author
Name string `json:"name"`
Email string `json:"email"`
UserName string `json:"username"`
}
// PayloadCommit represents a commit
type PayloadCommit struct {
// sha1 hash of the commit
ID string `json:"id"`
Message string `json:"message"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Author *PayloadUser `json:"author"`
Committer *PayloadUser `json:"committer"`
Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
Timestamp time.Time `json:"timestamp"`
Added []string `json:"added"`
Removed []string `json:"removed"`
Modified []string `json:"modified"`
}
// PayloadCommitVerification represents the GPG verification of a commit
type PayloadCommitVerification struct {
Verified bool `json:"verified"`
Reason string `json:"reason"`
Signature string `json:"signature"`
Payload string `json:"payload"`
}
// Branch represents a repository branch
type Branch struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Commit *PayloadCommit `json:"commit"`
Protected bool `json:"protected"`
RequiredApprovals int64 `json:"required_approvals"`
EnableStatusCheck bool `json:"enable_status_check"`
StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
UserCanPush bool `json:"user_can_push"`
UserCanMerge bool `json:"user_can_merge"`
EffectiveBranchProtectionName string `json:"effective_branch_protection_name"`
}
// ListRepoBranchesOptions options for listing a repository's branches
type ListRepoBranchesOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoBranches list all the branches of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoBranches(user, repo string, opt ListRepoBranchesOptions) ([]*Branch, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
branches := make([]*Branch, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &branches)
return branches, resp, err
}
// GetRepoBranch get one branch's information of one repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
b := new(Branch)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil, &b)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return b, resp, nil
}
// DeleteRepoBranch delete a branch in a repository
func (c *Client) DeleteRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
return status == 204, resp, nil
}
// CreateBranchOption options when creating a branch in a repository
type CreateBranchOption struct {
// Name of the branch to create
BranchName string `json:"new_branch_name"`
// Name of the old branch to create from (optional)
OldBranchName string `json:"old_branch_name"`
}
// Validate the CreateBranchOption struct
func (opt CreateBranchOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.BranchName) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("BranchName is empty")
}
if len(opt.BranchName) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("BranchName to long")
}
if len(opt.OldBranchName) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("OldBranchName to long")
}
return nil
}
// CreateBranch creates a branch for a user's repository
func (c *Client) CreateBranch(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchOption) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
branch := new(Branch)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), branch)
return branch, resp, err
}

168
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch_protection.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// BranchProtection represents a branch protection for a repository
type BranchProtection struct {
BranchName string `json:"branch_name"`
EnablePush bool `json:"enable_push"`
EnablePushWhitelist bool `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
PushWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
PushWhitelistTeams []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
PushWhitelistDeployKeys bool `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
EnableMergeWhitelist bool `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
MergeWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
MergeWhitelistTeams []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
EnableStatusCheck bool `json:"enable_status_check"`
StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
RequiredApprovals int64 `json:"required_approvals"`
EnableApprovalsWhitelist bool `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
ApprovalsWhitelistTeams []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
BlockOnRejectedReviews bool `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
BlockOnOutdatedBranch bool `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
DismissStaleApprovals bool `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
RequireSignedCommits bool `json:"require_signed_commits"`
ProtectedFilePatterns string `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
}
// CreateBranchProtectionOption options for creating a branch protection
type CreateBranchProtectionOption struct {
BranchName string `json:"branch_name"`
EnablePush bool `json:"enable_push"`
EnablePushWhitelist bool `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
PushWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
PushWhitelistTeams []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
PushWhitelistDeployKeys bool `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
EnableMergeWhitelist bool `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
MergeWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
MergeWhitelistTeams []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
EnableStatusCheck bool `json:"enable_status_check"`
StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
RequiredApprovals int64 `json:"required_approvals"`
EnableApprovalsWhitelist bool `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
ApprovalsWhitelistTeams []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
BlockOnRejectedReviews bool `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
BlockOnOutdatedBranch bool `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
DismissStaleApprovals bool `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
RequireSignedCommits bool `json:"require_signed_commits"`
ProtectedFilePatterns string `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
}
// EditBranchProtectionOption options for editing a branch protection
type EditBranchProtectionOption struct {
EnablePush *bool `json:"enable_push"`
EnablePushWhitelist *bool `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
PushWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
PushWhitelistTeams []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
PushWhitelistDeployKeys *bool `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
EnableMergeWhitelist *bool `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
MergeWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
MergeWhitelistTeams []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
EnableStatusCheck *bool `json:"enable_status_check"`
StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
RequiredApprovals *int64 `json:"required_approvals"`
EnableApprovalsWhitelist *bool `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
ApprovalsWhitelistTeams []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
BlockOnRejectedReviews *bool `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests *bool `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
BlockOnOutdatedBranch *bool `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
DismissStaleApprovals *bool `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
RequireSignedCommits *bool `json:"require_signed_commits"`
ProtectedFilePatterns *string `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
}
// ListBranchProtectionsOptions list branch protection options
type ListBranchProtectionsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListBranchProtections list branch protections for a repo
func (c *Client) ListBranchProtections(owner, repo string, opt ListBranchProtectionsOptions) ([]*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
bps := make([]*BranchProtection, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &bps)
return bps, resp, err
}
// GetBranchProtection gets a branch protection
func (c *Client) GetBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
bp := new(BranchProtection)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil, bp)
return bp, resp, err
}
// CreateBranchProtection creates a branch protection for a repo
func (c *Client) CreateBranchProtection(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
bp := new(BranchProtection)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
return bp, resp, err
}
// EditBranchProtection edits a branch protection for a repo
func (c *Client) EditBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string, opt EditBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
bp := new(BranchProtection)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
return bp, resp, err
}
// DeleteBranchProtection deletes a branch protection for a repo
func (c *Client) DeleteBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

136
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_collaborator.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// ListCollaboratorsOptions options for listing a repository's collaborators
type ListCollaboratorsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListCollaborators list a repository's collaborators
func (c *Client) ListCollaborators(user, repo string, opt ListCollaboratorsOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
collaborators := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
nil, nil, &collaborators)
return collaborators, resp, err
}
// IsCollaborator check if a user is a collaborator of a repository
func (c *Client) IsCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
if status == 204 {
return true, resp, nil
}
return false, resp, nil
}
// AddCollaboratorOption options when adding a user as a collaborator of a repository
type AddCollaboratorOption struct {
Permission *AccessMode `json:"permission"`
}
// AccessMode represent the grade of access you have to something
type AccessMode string
const (
// AccessModeNone no access
AccessModeNone AccessMode = "none"
// AccessModeRead read access
AccessModeRead AccessMode = "read"
// AccessModeWrite write access
AccessModeWrite AccessMode = "write"
// AccessModeAdmin admin access
AccessModeAdmin AccessMode = "admin"
// AccessModeOwner owner
AccessModeOwner AccessMode = "owner"
)
// Validate the AddCollaboratorOption struct
func (opt AddCollaboratorOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Permission != nil {
if *opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
*opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
return nil
}
if *opt.Permission == AccessModeNone {
opt.Permission = nil
return nil
}
if *opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && *opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && *opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
}
}
return nil
}
// AddCollaborator add some user as a collaborator of a repository
func (c *Client) AddCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string, opt AddCollaboratorOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteCollaborator remove a collaborator from a repository
func (c *Client) DeleteCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// GetReviewers return all users that can be requested to review in this repo
func (c *Client) GetReviewers(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reviewers := make([]*User, 0, 5)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/reviewers", user, repo), nil, nil, &reviewers)
return reviewers, resp, err
}
// GetAssignees return all users that have write access and can be assigned to issues
func (c *Client) GetAssignees(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
assignees := make([]*User, 0, 5)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/assignees", user, repo), nil, nil, &assignees)
return assignees, resp, err
}

101
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_commit.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// Identity for a person's identity like an author or committer
type Identity struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Email string `json:"email"`
}
// CommitMeta contains meta information of a commit in terms of API.
type CommitMeta struct {
URL string `json:"url"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
}
// CommitUser contains information of a user in the context of a commit.
type CommitUser struct {
Identity
Date string `json:"date"`
}
// RepoCommit contains information of a commit in the context of a repository.
type RepoCommit struct {
URL string `json:"url"`
Author *CommitUser `json:"author"`
Committer *CommitUser `json:"committer"`
Message string `json:"message"`
Tree *CommitMeta `json:"tree"`
}
// Commit contains information generated from a Git commit.
type Commit struct {
*CommitMeta
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
RepoCommit *RepoCommit `json:"commit"`
Author *User `json:"author"`
Committer *User `json:"committer"`
Parents []*CommitMeta `json:"parents"`
Files []*CommitAffectedFiles `json:"files"`
}
// CommitDateOptions store dates for GIT_AUTHOR_DATE and GIT_COMMITTER_DATE
type CommitDateOptions struct {
Author time.Time `json:"author"`
Committer time.Time `json:"committer"`
}
// CommitAffectedFiles store information about files affected by the commit
type CommitAffectedFiles struct {
Filename string `json:"filename"`
}
// GetSingleCommit returns a single commit
func (c *Client) GetSingleCommit(user, repo, commitID string) (*Commit, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &commitID); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
commit := new(Commit)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/commits/%s", user, repo, commitID), nil, nil, &commit)
return commit, resp, err
}
// ListCommitOptions list commit options
type ListCommitOptions struct {
ListOptions
//SHA or branch to start listing commits from (usually 'master')
SHA string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListCommitOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery()
if opt.SHA != "" {
query.Add("sha", opt.SHA)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListRepoCommits return list of commits from a repo
func (c *Client) ListRepoCommits(user, repo string, opt ListCommitOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits", user, repo))
opt.setDefaults()
commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
return commits, resp, err
}

247
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_file.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
)
// FileOptions options for all file APIs
type FileOptions struct {
// message (optional) for the commit of this file. if not supplied, a default message will be used
Message string `json:"message"`
// branch (optional) to base this file from. if not given, the default branch is used
BranchName string `json:"branch"`
// new_branch (optional) will make a new branch from `branch` before creating the file
NewBranchName string `json:"new_branch"`
// `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
Author Identity `json:"author"`
Committer Identity `json:"committer"`
Dates CommitDateOptions `json:"dates"`
// Add a Signed-off-by trailer by the committer at the end of the commit log message.
Signoff bool `json:"signoff"`
}
// CreateFileOptions options for creating files
// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
type CreateFileOptions struct {
FileOptions
// content must be base64 encoded
// required: true
Content string `json:"content"`
}
// DeleteFileOptions options for deleting files (used for other File structs below)
// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
type DeleteFileOptions struct {
FileOptions
// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
// required: true
SHA string `json:"sha"`
}
// UpdateFileOptions options for updating files
// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
type UpdateFileOptions struct {
FileOptions
// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
// required: true
SHA string `json:"sha"`
// content must be base64 encoded
// required: true
Content string `json:"content"`
// from_path (optional) is the path of the original file which will be moved/renamed to the path in the URL
FromPath string `json:"from_path"`
}
// FileLinksResponse contains the links for a repo's file
type FileLinksResponse struct {
Self *string `json:"self"`
GitURL *string `json:"git"`
HTMLURL *string `json:"html"`
}
// ContentsResponse contains information about a repo's entry's (dir, file, symlink, submodule) metadata and content
type ContentsResponse struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Path string `json:"path"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
// `type` will be `file`, `dir`, `symlink`, or `submodule`
Type string `json:"type"`
Size int64 `json:"size"`
// `encoding` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
Encoding *string `json:"encoding"`
// `content` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
Content *string `json:"content"`
// `target` is populated when `type` is `symlink`, otherwise null
Target *string `json:"target"`
URL *string `json:"url"`
HTMLURL *string `json:"html_url"`
GitURL *string `json:"git_url"`
DownloadURL *string `json:"download_url"`
// `submodule_git_url` is populated when `type` is `submodule`, otherwise null
SubmoduleGitURL *string `json:"submodule_git_url"`
Links *FileLinksResponse `json:"_links"`
}
// FileCommitResponse contains information generated from a Git commit for a repo's file.
type FileCommitResponse struct {
CommitMeta
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
Author *CommitUser `json:"author"`
Committer *CommitUser `json:"committer"`
Parents []*CommitMeta `json:"parents"`
Message string `json:"message"`
Tree *CommitMeta `json:"tree"`
}
// FileResponse contains information about a repo's file
type FileResponse struct {
Content *ContentsResponse `json:"content"`
Commit *FileCommitResponse `json:"commit"`
Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
}
// FileDeleteResponse contains information about a repo's file that was deleted
type FileDeleteResponse struct {
Content interface{} `json:"content"` // to be set to nil
Commit *FileCommitResponse `json:"commit"`
Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
}
// GetFile downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
// e.g.: ref -> master, filepath -> README.md (no leading slash)
func (c *Client) GetFile(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s/%s", owner, repo, ref, filepath), nil, nil)
}
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), nil, nil)
}
// GetContents get the metadata and contents of a file in a repository
// ref is optional
func (c *Client) GetContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) (*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
cr := new(ContentsResponse)
if json.Unmarshal(data, &cr) != nil {
return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect file, got directory")
}
return cr, resp, err
}
// ListContents gets a list of entries in a dir
// ref is optional
func (c *Client) ListContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
crl := make([]*ContentsResponse, 0)
if json.Unmarshal(data, &crl) != nil {
return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect directory, got file")
}
return crl, resp, err
}
func (c *Client) getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(strings.TrimPrefix(filepath, "/"))
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), jsonHeader, nil)
}
// CreateFile create a file in a repository
func (c *Client) CreateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt CreateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
var err error
if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
fr := new(FileResponse)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
return fr, resp, err
}
// UpdateFile update a file in a repository
func (c *Client) UpdateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt UpdateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
var err error
if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
fr := new(FileResponse)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
return fr, resp, err
}
// DeleteFile delete a file from repository
func (c *Client) DeleteFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt DeleteFileOptions) (*Response, error) {
var err error
if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status != 200 && status != 204 {
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
return resp, nil
}
func (c *Client) setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, branch string) (string, error) {
if len(branch) == 0 {
// Gitea >= 1.12.0 Use DefaultBranch on "", mimic this for older versions
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
r, _, err := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
return r.DefaultBranch, nil
}
}
return branch, nil
}

91
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_key.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// DeployKey a deploy key
type DeployKey struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
KeyID int64 `json:"key_id"`
Key string `json:"key"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Fingerprint string `json:"fingerprint"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only"`
Repository *Repository `json:"repository,omitempty"`
}
// ListDeployKeysOptions options for listing a repository's deploy keys
type ListDeployKeysOptions struct {
ListOptions
KeyID int64
Fingerprint string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListDeployKeysOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if opt.KeyID > 0 {
query.Add("key_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.KeyID))
}
if len(opt.Fingerprint) > 0 {
query.Add("fingerprint", opt.Fingerprint)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListDeployKeys list all the deploy keys of one repository
func (c *Client) ListDeployKeys(user, repo string, opt ListDeployKeysOptions) ([]*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo))
opt.setDefaults()
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
keys := make([]*DeployKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// GetDeployKey get one deploy key with key id
func (c *Client) GetDeployKey(user, repo string, keyID int64) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(DeployKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", user, repo, keyID), nil, nil, &key)
return key, resp, err
}
// CreateDeployKey options when create one deploy key
func (c *Client) CreateDeployKey(user, repo string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(DeployKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
return key, resp, err
}
// DeleteDeployKey delete deploy key with key id
func (c *Client) DeleteDeployKey(owner, repo string, keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", owner, repo, keyID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

132
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_migrate.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// GitServiceType represents a git service
type GitServiceType string
const (
// GitServicePlain represents a plain git service
GitServicePlain GitServiceType = "git"
//GitServiceGithub represents github.com
GitServiceGithub GitServiceType = "github"
// GitServiceGitlab represents a gitlab service
GitServiceGitlab GitServiceType = "gitlab"
// GitServiceGitea represents a gitea service
GitServiceGitea GitServiceType = "gitea"
// GitServiceGogs represents a gogs service
GitServiceGogs GitServiceType = "gogs"
)
// MigrateRepoOption options for migrating a repository from an external service
type MigrateRepoOption struct {
RepoName string `json:"repo_name"`
RepoOwner string `json:"repo_owner"`
// deprecated use RepoOwner
RepoOwnerID int64 `json:"uid"`
CloneAddr string `json:"clone_addr"`
Service GitServiceType `json:"service"`
AuthUsername string `json:"auth_username"`
AuthPassword string `json:"auth_password"`
AuthToken string `json:"auth_token"`
Mirror bool `json:"mirror"`
Private bool `json:"private"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Wiki bool `json:"wiki"`
Milestones bool `json:"milestones"`
Labels bool `json:"labels"`
Issues bool `json:"issues"`
PullRequests bool `json:"pull_requests"`
Releases bool `json:"releases"`
MirrorInterval string `json:"mirror_interval"`
LFS bool `json:"lfs"`
LFSEndpoint string `json:"lfs_endpoint"`
}
// Validate the MigrateRepoOption struct
func (opt *MigrateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
// check user options
if len(opt.CloneAddr) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("CloneAddr required")
}
if len(opt.RepoName) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("RepoName required")
} else if len(opt.RepoName) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("RepoName to long")
}
if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
return fmt.Errorf("Description to long")
}
switch opt.Service {
case GitServiceGithub:
if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("github requires token authentication")
}
case GitServiceGitlab, GitServiceGitea:
if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("%s requires token authentication", opt.Service)
}
// Gitlab is supported since 1.12.0 but api cant handle it until 1.13.0
// https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/12672
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service %s need gitea >= 1.13.0", opt.Service)
}
case GitServiceGogs:
if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("gogs requires token authentication")
}
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service gogs need gitea >= 1.14.0")
}
}
return nil
}
// MigrateRepo migrates a repository from other Git hosting sources for the authenticated user.
//
// To migrate a repository for a organization, the authenticated user must be a
// owner of the specified organization.
func (c *Client) MigrateRepo(opt MigrateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
if len(opt.AuthToken) != 0 {
// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand AuthToken
opt.AuthUsername = opt.AuthToken
opt.AuthPassword, opt.AuthToken = "", ""
}
if len(opt.RepoOwner) != 0 {
// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand RepoOwner
u, _, err := c.GetUserInfo(opt.RepoOwner)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
} else if opt.RepoOwnerID == 0 {
// gitea <= 1.12 require RepoOwnerID
u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
}
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/repos/migrate", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}

78
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_refs.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"strings"
)
// Reference represents a Git reference.
type Reference struct {
Ref string `json:"ref"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Object *GitObject `json:"object"`
}
// GitObject represents a Git object.
type GitObject struct {
Type string `json:"type"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// GetRepoRef get one ref's information of one repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoRef(user, repo, ref string) (*Reference, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
r := new(Reference)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil, &r)
if _, ok := err.(*json.UnmarshalTypeError); ok {
// Multiple refs
return nil, resp, errors.New("no exact match found for this ref")
} else if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return r, resp, nil
}
// GetRepoRefs get list of ref's information of one repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoRefs(user, repo, ref string) ([]*Reference, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
// Attempt to unmarshal single returned ref.
r := new(Reference)
refErr := json.Unmarshal(data, r)
if refErr == nil {
return []*Reference{r}, resp, nil
}
// Attempt to unmarshal multiple refs.
var rs []*Reference
refsErr := json.Unmarshal(data, &rs)
if refsErr == nil {
if len(rs) == 0 {
return nil, resp, errors.New("unexpected response: an array of refs with length 0")
}
return rs, resp, nil
}
return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("unmarshalling failed for both single and multiple refs: %s and %s", refErr, refsErr)
}

96
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_stars.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
)
// ListStargazersOptions options for listing a repository's stargazers
type ListStargazersOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoStargazers list a repository's stargazers
func (c *Client) ListRepoStargazers(user, repo string, opt ListStargazersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
stargazers := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/stargazers?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &stargazers)
return stargazers, resp, err
}
// GetStarredRepos returns the repos that the given user has starred
func (c *Client) GetStarredRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/starred", user), jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// GetMyStarredRepos returns the repos that the authenticated user has starred
func (c *Client) GetMyStarredRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/starred", jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// IsRepoStarring returns whether the authenticated user has starred the repo or not
func (c *Client) IsRepoStarring(user, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
if resp != nil {
switch resp.StatusCode {
case http.StatusNotFound:
return false, resp, nil
case http.StatusNoContent:
return true, resp, nil
default:
return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
}
}
return false, nil, err
}
// StarRepo star specified repo as the authenticated user
func (c *Client) StarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
if resp != nil {
switch resp.StatusCode {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return resp, nil
default:
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
}
}
return nil, err
}
// UnStarRepo remove star to specified repo as the authenticated user
func (c *Client) UnStarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
if resp != nil {
switch resp.StatusCode {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return resp, nil
default:
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
}
}
return nil, err
}

130
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tag.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// Tag represents a repository tag
type Tag struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Message string `json:"message"`
ID string `json:"id"`
Commit *CommitMeta `json:"commit"`
ZipballURL string `json:"zipball_url"`
TarballURL string `json:"tarball_url"`
}
// AnnotatedTag represents an annotated tag
type AnnotatedTag struct {
Tag string `json:"tag"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Message string `json:"message"`
Tagger *CommitUser `json:"tagger"`
Object *AnnotatedTagObject `json:"object"`
Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
}
// AnnotatedTagObject contains meta information of the tag object
type AnnotatedTagObject struct {
Type string `json:"type"`
URL string `json:"url"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
}
// ListRepoTagsOptions options for listing a repository's tags
type ListRepoTagsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoTags list all the branches of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoTags(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTagsOptions) ([]*Tag, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
tags := make([]*Tag, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &tags)
return tags, resp, err
}
// GetTag get the tag of a repository
func (c *Client) GetTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(Tag)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag), nil, nil, &t)
return t, resp, err
}
// GetAnnotatedTag get the tag object of an annotated tag (not lightweight tags) of a repository
func (c *Client) GetAnnotatedTag(user, repo, sha string) (*AnnotatedTag, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(AnnotatedTag)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/tags/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, &t)
return t, resp, err
}
// CreateTagOption options when creating a tag
type CreateTagOption struct {
TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
Message string `json:"message"`
Target string `json:"target"`
}
// Validate validates CreateTagOption
func (opt CreateTagOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.TagName) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("TagName is required")
}
return nil
}
// CreateTag create a new git tag in a repository
func (c *Client) CreateTag(user, repo string, opt CreateTagOption) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(Tag)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &t)
return t, resp, err
}
// DeleteTag deletes a tag from a repository, if no release refers to it
func (c *Client) DeleteTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

65
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_team.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
)
// GetRepoTeams return teams from a repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoTeams(user, repo string) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
teams := make([]*Team, 0, 5)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams", user, repo), nil, nil, &teams)
return teams, resp, err
}
// AddRepoTeam add a team to a repository
func (c *Client) AddRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// RemoveRepoTeam delete a team from a repository
func (c *Client) RemoveRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// CheckRepoTeam check if team is assigned to repo by name and return it.
// If not assigned, it will return nil.
func (c *Client) CheckRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Team, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(Team)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil, &t)
if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
// if not found it's not an error, it indicates it's not assigned
return nil, resp, nil
}
return t, resp, err
}

65
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_template.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// CreateRepoFromTemplateOption options when creating repository using a template
type CreateRepoFromTemplateOption struct {
// Owner is the organization or person who will own the new repository
Owner string `json:"owner"`
// Name of the repository to create
Name string `json:"name"`
// Description of the repository to create
Description string `json:"description"`
// Private is whether the repository is private
Private bool `json:"private"`
// GitContent include git content of default branch in template repo
GitContent bool `json:"git_content"`
// Topics include topics of template repo
Topics bool `json:"topics"`
// GitHooks include git hooks of template repo
GitHooks bool `json:"git_hooks"`
// Webhooks include webhooks of template repo
Webhooks bool `json:"webhooks"`
// Avatar include avatar of the template repo
Avatar bool `json:"avatar"`
// Labels include labels of template repo
Labels bool `json:"labels"`
}
// Validate validates CreateRepoFromTemplateOption
func (opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Owner) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("field Owner is required")
}
if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("field Name is required")
}
return nil
}
// CreateRepoFromTemplate create a repository using a template
func (c *Client) CreateRepoFromTemplate(templateOwner, templateRepo string, opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&templateOwner, &templateRepo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/generate", templateOwner, templateRepo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &repo)
return repo, resp, err
}

68
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_topics.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// ListRepoTopicsOptions options for listing repo's topics
type ListRepoTopicsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// topicsList represents a list of repo's topics
type topicsList struct {
Topics []string `json:"topics"`
}
// ListRepoTopics list all repository's topics
func (c *Client) ListRepoTopics(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTopicsOptions) ([]string, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
list := new(topicsList)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, list)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return list.Topics, resp, nil
}
// SetRepoTopics replaces the list of repo's topics
func (c *Client) SetRepoTopics(user, repo string, list []string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
l := topicsList{Topics: list}
body, err := json.Marshal(&l)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// AddRepoTopic adds a topic to a repo's topics list
func (c *Client) AddRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteRepoTopic deletes a topic from repo's topics list
func (c *Client) DeleteRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

36
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_transfer.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// TransferRepoOption options when transfer a repository's ownership
type TransferRepoOption struct {
// required: true
NewOwner string `json:"new_owner"`
// ID of the team or teams to add to the repository. Teams can only be added to organization-owned repositories.
TeamIDs *[]int64 `json:"team_ids"`
}
// TransferRepo transfers the ownership of a repository
func (c *Client) TransferRepo(owner, reponame string, opt TransferRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/transfer", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}

44
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tree.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
)
// GitEntry represents a git tree
type GitEntry struct {
Path string `json:"path"`
Mode string `json:"mode"`
Type string `json:"type"`
Size int64 `json:"size"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// GitTreeResponse returns a git tree
type GitTreeResponse struct {
SHA string `json:"sha"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Entries []GitEntry `json:"tree"`
Truncated bool `json:"truncated"`
Page int `json:"page"`
TotalCount int `json:"total_count"`
}
// GetTrees downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
// e.g.: ref -> master, tree -> macaron.go(no leading slash)
func (c *Client) GetTrees(user, repo, ref string, recursive bool) (*GitTreeResponse, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
trees := new(GitTreeResponse)
var path = fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/trees/%s", user, repo, ref)
if recursive {
path += "?recursive=1"
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", path, nil, nil, trees)
return trees, resp, err
}

87
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_watch.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
"time"
)
// WatchInfo represents an API watch status of one repository
type WatchInfo struct {
Subscribed bool `json:"subscribed"`
Ignored bool `json:"ignored"`
Reason interface{} `json:"reason"`
CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at"`
URL string `json:"url"`
RepositoryURL string `json:"repository_url"`
}
// GetWatchedRepos list all the watched repos of user
func (c *Client) GetWatchedRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/subscriptions", user), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// GetMyWatchedRepos list repositories watched by the authenticated user
func (c *Client) GetMyWatchedRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/subscriptions"), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// CheckRepoWatch check if the current user is watching a repo
func (c *Client) CheckRepoWatch(owner, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
switch status {
case http.StatusNotFound:
return false, resp, nil
case http.StatusOK:
return true, resp, nil
default:
return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
}
// WatchRepo start to watch a repository
func (c *Client) WatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status == http.StatusOK {
return resp, nil
}
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
// UnWatchRepo stop to watch a repository
func (c *Client) UnWatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status == http.StatusNoContent {
return resp, nil
}
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}

78
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/settings.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
// GlobalUISettings represent the global ui settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
type GlobalUISettings struct {
DefaultTheme string `json:"default_theme"`
AllowedReactions []string `json:"allowed_reactions"`
CustomEmojis []string `json:"custom_emojis"`
}
// GlobalRepoSettings represent the global repository settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
type GlobalRepoSettings struct {
MirrorsDisabled bool `json:"mirrors_disabled"`
HTTPGitDisabled bool `json:"http_git_disabled"`
MigrationsDisabled bool `json:"migrations_disabled"`
StarsDisabled bool `json:"stars_disabled"`
TimeTrackingDisabled bool `json:"time_tracking_disabled"`
LFSDisabled bool `json:"lfs_disabled"`
}
// GlobalAPISettings contains global api settings exposed by it
type GlobalAPISettings struct {
MaxResponseItems int `json:"max_response_items"`
DefaultPagingNum int `json:"default_paging_num"`
DefaultGitTreesPerPage int `json:"default_git_trees_per_page"`
DefaultMaxBlobSize int64 `json:"default_max_blob_size"`
}
// GlobalAttachmentSettings contains global Attachment settings exposed by API
type GlobalAttachmentSettings struct {
Enabled bool `json:"enabled"`
AllowedTypes string `json:"allowed_types"`
MaxSize int64 `json:"max_size"`
MaxFiles int `json:"max_files"`
}
// GetGlobalUISettings get global ui settings witch are exposed by API
func (c *Client) GetGlobalUISettings() (*GlobalUISettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
conf := new(GlobalUISettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/ui", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
return conf, resp, err
}
// GetGlobalRepoSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
func (c *Client) GetGlobalRepoSettings() (*GlobalRepoSettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
conf := new(GlobalRepoSettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/repository", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
return conf, resp, err
}
// GetGlobalAPISettings get global api settings witch are exposed by it
func (c *Client) GetGlobalAPISettings() (*GlobalAPISettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
conf := new(GlobalAPISettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/api", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
return conf, resp, err
}
// GetGlobalAttachmentSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
func (c *Client) GetGlobalAttachmentSettings() (*GlobalAttachmentSettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
conf := new(GlobalAttachmentSettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/attachment", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
return conf, resp, err
}

108
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/status.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// StatusState holds the state of a Status
// It can be "pending", "success", "error", "failure", and "warning"
type StatusState string
const (
// StatusPending is for when the Status is Pending
StatusPending StatusState = "pending"
// StatusSuccess is for when the Status is Success
StatusSuccess StatusState = "success"
// StatusError is for when the Status is Error
StatusError StatusState = "error"
// StatusFailure is for when the Status is Failure
StatusFailure StatusState = "failure"
// StatusWarning is for when the Status is Warning
StatusWarning StatusState = "warning"
)
// Status holds a single Status of a single Commit
type Status struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
State StatusState `json:"status"`
TargetURL string `json:"target_url"`
Description string `json:"description"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Context string `json:"context"`
Creator *User `json:"creator"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
}
// CreateStatusOption holds the information needed to create a new Status for a Commit
type CreateStatusOption struct {
State StatusState `json:"state"`
TargetURL string `json:"target_url"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Context string `json:"context"`
}
// CreateStatus creates a new Status for a given Commit
func (c *Client) CreateStatus(owner, repo, sha string, opts CreateStatusOption) (*Status, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opts)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
status := new(Status)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/statuses/%s", owner, repo, url.QueryEscape(sha)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), status)
return status, resp, err
}
// ListStatusesOption options for listing a repository's commit's statuses
type ListStatusesOption struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListStatuses returns all statuses for a given Commit by ref
func (c *Client) ListStatuses(owner, repo, ref string, opt ListStatusesOption) ([]*Status, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
statuses := make([]*Status, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/statuses?%s", owner, repo, ref, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &statuses)
return statuses, resp, err
}
// CombinedStatus holds the combined state of several statuses for a single commit
type CombinedStatus struct {
State StatusState `json:"state"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
TotalCount int `json:"total_count"`
Statuses []*Status `json:"statuses"`
Repository *Repository `json:"repository"`
CommitURL string `json:"commit_url"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// GetCombinedStatus returns the CombinedStatus for a given Commit
func (c *Client) GetCombinedStatus(owner, repo, ref string) (*CombinedStatus, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
status := new(CombinedStatus)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/status", owner, repo, ref), jsonHeader, nil, status)
// gitea api return empty body if nothing here jet
if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 200 && err != nil {
return status, resp, nil
}
return status, resp, err
}

90
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strconv"
"time"
)
// User represents a user
type User struct {
// the user's id
ID int64 `json:"id"`
// the user's username
UserName string `json:"login"`
// the user's full name
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Email string `json:"email"`
// URL to the user's avatar
AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"`
// User locale
Language string `json:"language"`
// Is the user an administrator
IsAdmin bool `json:"is_admin"`
// Date and Time of last login
LastLogin time.Time `json:"last_login"`
// Date and Time of user creation
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
// Is user restricted
Restricted bool `json:"restricted"`
// Is user active
IsActive bool `json:"active"`
// Is user login prohibited
ProhibitLogin bool `json:"prohibit_login"`
// the user's location
Location string `json:"location"`
// the user's website
Website string `json:"website"`
// the user's description
Description string `json:"description"`
// User visibility level option
Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
// user counts
FollowerCount int `json:"followers_count"`
FollowingCount int `json:"following_count"`
StarredRepoCount int `json:"starred_repos_count"`
}
// GetUserInfo get user info by user's name
func (c *Client) GetUserInfo(user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
u := new(User)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s", user), nil, nil, u)
return u, resp, err
}
// GetMyUserInfo get user info of current user
func (c *Client) GetMyUserInfo() (*User, *Response, error) {
u := new(User)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user", nil, nil, u)
return u, resp, err
}
// GetUserByID returns user by a given user ID
func (c *Client) GetUserByID(id int64) (*User, *Response, error) {
if id < 0 {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid user id %d", id)
}
query := make(url.Values)
query.Add("uid", strconv.FormatInt(id, 10))
users, resp, err := c.searchUsers(query.Encode())
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
if len(users) == 1 {
return users[0], resp, err
}
return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("user not found with id %d", id)
}

90
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_app.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"reflect"
)
// AccessToken represents an API access token.
type AccessToken struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
Token string `json:"sha1"`
TokenLastEight string `json:"token_last_eight"`
}
// ListAccessTokensOptions options for listing a users's access tokens
type ListAccessTokensOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListAccessTokens lists all the access tokens of user
func (c *Client) ListAccessTokens(opts ListAccessTokensOptions) ([]*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
username := c.username
c.mutex.RUnlock()
if len(username) == 0 {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
}
opts.setDefaults()
tokens := make([]*AccessToken, 0, opts.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens?%s", url.PathEscape(username), opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &tokens)
return tokens, resp, err
}
// CreateAccessTokenOption options when create access token
type CreateAccessTokenOption struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
}
// CreateAccessToken create one access token with options
func (c *Client) CreateAccessToken(opt CreateAccessTokenOption) (*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
username := c.username
c.mutex.RUnlock()
if len(username) == 0 {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(AccessToken)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens", url.PathEscape(username)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
return t, resp, err
}
// DeleteAccessToken delete token, identified by ID and if not available by name
func (c *Client) DeleteAccessToken(value interface{}) (*Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
username := c.username
c.mutex.RUnlock()
if len(username) == 0 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
}
var token = ""
switch reflect.ValueOf(value).Kind() {
case reflect.Int64:
token = fmt.Sprintf("%d", value.(int64))
case reflect.String:
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
token = value.(string)
default:
return nil, fmt.Errorf("only string and int64 supported")
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens/%s", url.PathEscape(username), url.PathEscape(token)), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

64
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_email.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// Email an email address belonging to a user
type Email struct {
Email string `json:"email"`
Verified bool `json:"verified"`
Primary bool `json:"primary"`
}
// ListEmailsOptions options for listing current's user emails
type ListEmailsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListEmails all the email addresses of user
func (c *Client) ListEmails(opt ListEmailsOptions) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
emails := make([]*Email, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/emails?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &emails)
return emails, resp, err
}
// CreateEmailOption options when creating email addresses
type CreateEmailOption struct {
// email addresses to add
Emails []string `json:"emails"`
}
// AddEmail add one email to current user with options
func (c *Client) AddEmail(opt CreateEmailOption) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
emails := make([]*Email, 0, 3)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &emails)
return emails, resp, err
}
// DeleteEmailOption options when deleting email addresses
type DeleteEmailOption struct {
// email addresses to delete
Emails []string `json:"emails"`
}
// DeleteEmail delete one email of current users'
func (c *Client) DeleteEmail(opt DeleteEmailOption) (*Response, error) {
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}

93
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_follow.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import "fmt"
// ListFollowersOptions options for listing followers
type ListFollowersOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListMyFollowers list all the followers of current user
func (c *Client) ListMyFollowers(opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/followers?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// ListFollowers list all the followers of one user
func (c *Client) ListFollowers(user string, opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/followers?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// ListFollowingOptions options for listing a user's users being followed
type ListFollowingOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListMyFollowing list all the users current user followed
func (c *Client) ListMyFollowing(opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// ListFollowing list all the users the user followed
func (c *Client) ListFollowing(user string, opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// IsFollowing if current user followed the target
func (c *Client) IsFollowing(target string) (bool, *Response) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
// ToDo return err
return false, nil
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
return err == nil, resp
}
// IsUserFollowing if the user followed the target
func (c *Client) IsUserFollowing(user, target string) (bool, *Response) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &target); err != nil {
// ToDo return err
return false, nil
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following/%s", user, target), nil, nil)
return err == nil, resp
}
// Follow set current user follow the target
func (c *Client) Follow(target string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// Unfollow set current user unfollow the target
func (c *Client) Unfollow(target string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

89
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_gpgkey.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
// Copyright 2017 Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// GPGKey a user GPG key to sign commit and tag in repository
type GPGKey struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
PrimaryKeyID string `json:"primary_key_id"`
KeyID string `json:"key_id"`
PublicKey string `json:"public_key"`
Emails []*GPGKeyEmail `json:"emails"`
SubsKey []*GPGKey `json:"subkeys"`
CanSign bool `json:"can_sign"`
CanEncryptComms bool `json:"can_encrypt_comms"`
CanEncryptStorage bool `json:"can_encrypt_storage"`
CanCertify bool `json:"can_certify"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
Expires time.Time `json:"expires_at,omitempty"`
}
// GPGKeyEmail an email attached to a GPGKey
type GPGKeyEmail struct {
Email string `json:"email"`
Verified bool `json:"verified"`
}
// ListGPGKeysOptions options for listing a user's GPGKeys
type ListGPGKeysOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of the user
func (c *Client) ListGPGKeys(user string, opt ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/gpg_keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// ListMyGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of current user
func (c *Client) ListMyGPGKeys(opt *ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// GetGPGKey get current user's GPG key by key id
func (c *Client) GetGPGKey(keyID int64) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
key := new(GPGKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
return key, resp, err
}
// CreateGPGKeyOption options create user GPG key
type CreateGPGKeyOption struct {
// An armored GPG key to add
//
ArmoredKey string `json:"armored_public_key"`
}
// CreateGPGKey create GPG key with options
func (c *Client) CreateGPGKey(opt CreateGPGKeyOption) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(GPGKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/gpg_keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
return key, resp, err
}
// DeleteGPGKey delete GPG key with key id
func (c *Client) DeleteGPGKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

83
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_key.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// PublicKey publickey is a user key to push code to repository
type PublicKey struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Key string `json:"key"`
URL string `json:"url,omitempty"`
Title string `json:"title,omitempty"`
Fingerprint string `json:"fingerprint,omitempty"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
Owner *User `json:"user,omitempty"`
ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only,omitempty"`
KeyType string `json:"key_type,omitempty"`
}
// ListPublicKeysOptions options for listing a user's PublicKeys
type ListPublicKeysOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListPublicKeys list all the public keys of the user
func (c *Client) ListPublicKeys(user string, opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// ListMyPublicKeys list all the public keys of current user
func (c *Client) ListMyPublicKeys(opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// GetPublicKey get current user's public key by key id
func (c *Client) GetPublicKey(keyID int64) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
key := new(PublicKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
return key, resp, err
}
// CreateKeyOption options when creating a key
type CreateKeyOption struct {
// Title of the key to add
Title string `json:"title"`
// An armored SSH key to add
Key string `json:"key"`
// Describe if the key has only read access or read/write
ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only"`
}
// CreatePublicKey create public key with options
func (c *Client) CreatePublicKey(opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(PublicKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
return key, resp, err
}
// DeletePublicKey delete public key with key id
func (c *Client) DeletePublicKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

48
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_search.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
)
type searchUsersResponse struct {
Users []*User `json:"data"`
}
// SearchUsersOption options for SearchUsers
type SearchUsersOption struct {
ListOptions
KeyWord string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *SearchUsersOption) QueryEncode() string {
query := make(url.Values)
if opt.Page > 0 {
query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Page))
}
if opt.PageSize > 0 {
query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PageSize))
}
if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
}
return query.Encode()
}
func (c *Client) searchUsers(rawQuery string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
link, _ := url.Parse("/users/search")
link.RawQuery = rawQuery
userResp := new(searchUsersResponse)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &userResp)
return userResp.Users, resp, err
}
// SearchUsers finds users by query
func (c *Client) SearchUsers(opt SearchUsersOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
return c.searchUsers(opt.QueryEncode())
}

62
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_settings.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
)
// UserSettings represents user settings
type UserSettings struct {
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Location string `json:"location"`
Language string `json:"language"`
Theme string `json:"theme"`
DiffViewStyle string `json:"diff_view_style"`
// Privacy
HideEmail bool `json:"hide_email"`
HideActivity bool `json:"hide_activity"`
}
// UserSettingsOptions represents options to change user settings
type UserSettingsOptions struct {
FullName *string `json:"full_name,omitempty"`
Website *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
Location *string `json:"location,omitempty"`
Language *string `json:"language,omitempty"`
Theme *string `json:"theme,omitempty"`
DiffViewStyle *string `json:"diff_view_style,omitempty"`
// Privacy
HideEmail *bool `json:"hide_email,omitempty"`
HideActivity *bool `json:"hide_activity,omitempty"`
}
// GetUserSettings returns user settings
func (c *Client) GetUserSettings() (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
userConfig := new(UserSettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/settings", nil, nil, userConfig)
return userConfig, resp, err
}
// UpdateUserSettings returns user settings
func (c *Client) UpdateUserSettings(opt UserSettingsOptions) (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
userConfig := new(UserSettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", "/user/settings", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), userConfig)
return userConfig, resp, err
}

101
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/version.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
)
// ServerVersion returns the version of the server
func (c *Client) ServerVersion() (string, *Response, error) {
var v = struct {
Version string `json:"version"`
}{}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/version", nil, nil, &v)
return v.Version, resp, err
}
// CheckServerVersionConstraint validates that the login's server satisfies a
// given version constraint such as ">= 1.11.0+dev"
func (c *Client) CheckServerVersionConstraint(constraint string) error {
if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
return err
}
check, err := version.NewConstraint(constraint)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if !check.Check(c.serverVersion) {
c.mutex.RLock()
url := c.url
c.mutex.RUnlock()
return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s does not satisfy version constraint %s", url, constraint)
}
return nil
}
// SetGiteaVersion configures the Client to assume the given version of the
// Gitea server, instead of querying the server for it when initializing.
// Use "" to skip all canonical ways in the SDK to check for versions
func SetGiteaVersion(v string) ClientOption {
if v == "" {
return func(c *Client) error {
c.ignoreVersion = true
return nil
}
}
return func(c *Client) (err error) {
c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() {
c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(v)
return
})
return
}
}
// predefined versions only have to be parsed by library once
var (
version1_11_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.11.0")
version1_12_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.0")
version1_13_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.13.0")
version1_14_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.14.0")
version1_15_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.15.0")
)
// checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual is the canonical way in the SDK to check for versions for API compatibility reasons
func (c *Client) checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(v *version.Version) error {
if c.ignoreVersion {
return nil
}
if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
return err
}
if !c.serverVersion.GreaterThanOrEqual(v) {
c.mutex.RLock()
url := c.url
c.mutex.RUnlock()
return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s is older than %s", url, v.Original())
}
return nil
}
// loadServerVersion init the serverVersion variable
func (c *Client) loadServerVersion() (err error) {
c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() {
raw, _, err2 := c.ServerVersion()
if err2 != nil {
err = err2
return
}
if c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(raw); err != nil {
return
}
})
return
}

18
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/goutils/.travis.yml generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
language: go
go:
- 1.6
- 1.7
- 1.8
- tip
script:
- go test -v
notifications:
webhooks:
urls:
- https://webhooks.gitter.im/e/06e3328629952dabe3e0
on_success: change # options: [always|never|change] default: always
on_failure: always # options: [always|never|change] default: always
on_start: never # options: [always|never|change] default: always

8
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/goutils/CHANGELOG.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
# 1.0.1 (2017-05-31)
## Fixed
- #21: Fix generation of alphanumeric strings (thanks @dbarranco)
# 1.0.0 (2014-04-30)
- Initial release.

202
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/goutils/LICENSE.txt generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.

70
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/goutils/README.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
GoUtils
===========
[![Stability: Maintenance](https://masterminds.github.io/stability/maintenance.svg)](https://masterminds.github.io/stability/maintenance.html)
[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/goutils?status.png)](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/goutils) [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/Masterminds/goutils.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/Masterminds/goutils) [![Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/sc2b1ew0m7f0aiju?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/mattfarina/goutils)
GoUtils provides users with utility functions to manipulate strings in various ways. It is a Go implementation of some
string manipulation libraries of Java Apache Commons. GoUtils includes the following Java Apache Commons classes:
* WordUtils
* RandomStringUtils
* StringUtils (partial implementation)
## Installation
If you have Go set up on your system, from the GOPATH directory within the command line/terminal, enter this:
go get github.com/Masterminds/goutils
If you do not have Go set up on your system, please follow the [Go installation directions from the documenation](http://golang.org/doc/install), and then follow the instructions above to install GoUtils.
## Documentation
GoUtils doc is available here: [![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/goutils?status.png)](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/goutils)
## Usage
The code snippets below show examples of how to use GoUtils. Some functions return errors while others do not. The first instance below, which does not return an error, is the `Initials` function (located within the `wordutils.go` file).
package main
import (
"fmt"
"github.com/Masterminds/goutils"
)
func main() {
// EXAMPLE 1: A goutils function which returns no errors
fmt.Println (goutils.Initials("John Doe Foo")) // Prints out "JDF"
}
Some functions return errors mainly due to illegal arguements used as parameters. The code example below illustrates how to deal with function that returns an error. In this instance, the function is the `Random` function (located within the `randomstringutils.go` file).
package main
import (
"fmt"
"github.com/Masterminds/goutils"
)
func main() {
// EXAMPLE 2: A goutils function which returns an error
rand1, err1 := goutils.Random (-1, 0, 0, true, true)
if err1 != nil {
fmt.Println(err1) // Prints out error message because -1 was entered as the first parameter in goutils.Random(...)
} else {
fmt.Println(rand1)
}
}
## License
GoUtils is licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0. Please check the LICENSE.txt file or visit http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 for a copy of the license.
## Issue Reporting
Make suggestions or report issues using the Git issue tracker: https://github.com/Masterminds/goutils/issues
## Website
* [GoUtils webpage](http://Masterminds.github.io/goutils/)

21
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/goutils/appveyor.yml generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
version: build-{build}.{branch}
clone_folder: C:\gopath\src\github.com\Masterminds\goutils
shallow_clone: true
environment:
GOPATH: C:\gopath
platform:
- x64
build: off
install:
- go version
- go env
test_script:
- go test -v
deploy: off

251
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/goutils/cryptorandomstringutils.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/*
Copyright 2014 Alexander Okoli
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
*/
package goutils
import (
"crypto/rand"
"fmt"
"math"
"math/big"
"regexp"
"unicode"
)
/*
CryptoRandomNonAlphaNumeric creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of all characters (ASCII/Unicode values between 0 to 2,147,483,647 (math.MaxInt32)).
Parameter:
count - the length of random string to create
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, CryptoRandom(...)
*/
func CryptoRandomNonAlphaNumeric(count int) (string, error) {
return CryptoRandomAlphaNumericCustom(count, false, false)
}
/*
CryptoRandomAscii creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of characters whose ASCII value is between 32 and 126 (inclusive).
Parameter:
count - the length of random string to create
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, CryptoRandom(...)
*/
func CryptoRandomAscii(count int) (string, error) {
return CryptoRandom(count, 32, 127, false, false)
}
/*
CryptoRandomNumeric creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of numeric characters.
Parameter:
count - the length of random string to create
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, CryptoRandom(...)
*/
func CryptoRandomNumeric(count int) (string, error) {
return CryptoRandom(count, 0, 0, false, true)
}
/*
CryptoRandomAlphabetic creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of alpha-numeric characters as indicated by the arguments.
Parameters:
count - the length of random string to create
letters - if true, generated string may include alphabetic characters
numbers - if true, generated string may include numeric characters
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, CryptoRandom(...)
*/
func CryptoRandomAlphabetic(count int) (string, error) {
return CryptoRandom(count, 0, 0, true, false)
}
/*
CryptoRandomAlphaNumeric creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of alpha-numeric characters.
Parameter:
count - the length of random string to create
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, CryptoRandom(...)
*/
func CryptoRandomAlphaNumeric(count int) (string, error) {
if count == 0 {
return "", nil
}
RandomString, err := CryptoRandom(count, 0, 0, true, true)
if err != nil {
return "", fmt.Errorf("Error: %s", err)
}
match, err := regexp.MatchString("([0-9]+)", RandomString)
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
if !match {
//Get the position between 0 and the length of the string-1 to insert a random number
position := getCryptoRandomInt(count)
//Insert a random number between [0-9] in the position
RandomString = RandomString[:position] + string('0' + getCryptoRandomInt(10)) + RandomString[position + 1:]
return RandomString, err
}
return RandomString, err
}
/*
CryptoRandomAlphaNumericCustom creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of alpha-numeric characters as indicated by the arguments.
Parameters:
count - the length of random string to create
letters - if true, generated string may include alphabetic characters
numbers - if true, generated string may include numeric characters
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, CryptoRandom(...)
*/
func CryptoRandomAlphaNumericCustom(count int, letters bool, numbers bool) (string, error) {
return CryptoRandom(count, 0, 0, letters, numbers)
}
/*
CryptoRandom creates a random string based on a variety of options, using using golang's crypto/rand source of randomness.
If the parameters start and end are both 0, start and end are set to ' ' and 'z', the ASCII printable characters, will be used,
unless letters and numbers are both false, in which case, start and end are set to 0 and math.MaxInt32, respectively.
If chars is not nil, characters stored in chars that are between start and end are chosen.
Parameters:
count - the length of random string to create
start - the position in set of chars (ASCII/Unicode int) to start at
end - the position in set of chars (ASCII/Unicode int) to end before
letters - if true, generated string may include alphabetic characters
numbers - if true, generated string may include numeric characters
chars - the set of chars to choose randoms from. If nil, then it will use the set of all chars.
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from invalid parameters: if count < 0; or the provided chars array is empty; or end <= start; or end > len(chars)
*/
func CryptoRandom(count int, start int, end int, letters bool, numbers bool, chars ...rune) (string, error) {
if count == 0 {
return "", nil
} else if count < 0 {
err := fmt.Errorf("randomstringutils illegal argument: Requested random string length %v is less than 0.", count) // equiv to err := errors.New("...")
return "", err
}
if chars != nil && len(chars) == 0 {
err := fmt.Errorf("randomstringutils illegal argument: The chars array must not be empty")
return "", err
}
if start == 0 && end == 0 {
if chars != nil {
end = len(chars)
} else {
if !letters && !numbers {
end = math.MaxInt32
} else {
end = 'z' + 1
start = ' '
}
}
} else {
if end <= start {
err := fmt.Errorf("randomstringutils illegal argument: Parameter end (%v) must be greater than start (%v)", end, start)
return "", err
}
if chars != nil && end > len(chars) {
err := fmt.Errorf("randomstringutils illegal argument: Parameter end (%v) cannot be greater than len(chars) (%v)", end, len(chars))
return "", err
}
}
buffer := make([]rune, count)
gap := end - start
// high-surrogates range, (\uD800-\uDBFF) = 55296 - 56319
// low-surrogates range, (\uDC00-\uDFFF) = 56320 - 57343
for count != 0 {
count--
var ch rune
if chars == nil {
ch = rune(getCryptoRandomInt(gap) + int64(start))
} else {
ch = chars[getCryptoRandomInt(gap) + int64(start)]
}
if letters && unicode.IsLetter(ch) || numbers && unicode.IsDigit(ch) || !letters && !numbers {
if ch >= 56320 && ch <= 57343 { // low surrogate range
if count == 0 {
count++
} else {
// Insert low surrogate
buffer[count] = ch
count--
// Insert high surrogate
buffer[count] = rune(55296 + getCryptoRandomInt(128))
}
} else if ch >= 55296 && ch <= 56191 { // High surrogates range (Partial)
if count == 0 {
count++
} else {
// Insert low surrogate
buffer[count] = rune(56320 + getCryptoRandomInt(128))
count--
// Insert high surrogate
buffer[count] = ch
}
} else if ch >= 56192 && ch <= 56319 {
// private high surrogate, skip it
count++
} else {
// not one of the surrogates*
buffer[count] = ch
}
} else {
count++
}
}
return string(buffer), nil
}
func getCryptoRandomInt(count int) int64 {
nBig, err := rand.Int(rand.Reader, big.NewInt(int64(count)))
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
return nBig.Int64()
}

268
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/goutils/randomstringutils.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
/*
Copyright 2014 Alexander Okoli
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
*/
package goutils
import (
"fmt"
"math"
"math/rand"
"regexp"
"time"
"unicode"
)
// RANDOM provides the time-based seed used to generate random numbers
var RANDOM = rand.New(rand.NewSource(time.Now().UnixNano()))
/*
RandomNonAlphaNumeric creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of all characters (ASCII/Unicode values between 0 to 2,147,483,647 (math.MaxInt32)).
Parameter:
count - the length of random string to create
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, RandomSeed(...)
*/
func RandomNonAlphaNumeric(count int) (string, error) {
return RandomAlphaNumericCustom(count, false, false)
}
/*
RandomAscii creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of characters whose ASCII value is between 32 and 126 (inclusive).
Parameter:
count - the length of random string to create
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, RandomSeed(...)
*/
func RandomAscii(count int) (string, error) {
return Random(count, 32, 127, false, false)
}
/*
RandomNumeric creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of numeric characters.
Parameter:
count - the length of random string to create
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, RandomSeed(...)
*/
func RandomNumeric(count int) (string, error) {
return Random(count, 0, 0, false, true)
}
/*
RandomAlphabetic creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of alpha-numeric characters as indicated by the arguments.
Parameters:
count - the length of random string to create
letters - if true, generated string may include alphabetic characters
numbers - if true, generated string may include numeric characters
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, RandomSeed(...)
*/
func RandomAlphabetic(count int) (string, error) {
return Random(count, 0, 0, true, false)
}
/*
RandomAlphaNumeric creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of alpha-numeric characters.
Parameter:
count - the length of random string to create
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, RandomSeed(...)
*/
func RandomAlphaNumeric(count int) (string, error) {
RandomString, err := Random(count, 0, 0, true, true)
if err != nil {
return "", fmt.Errorf("Error: %s", err)
}
match, err := regexp.MatchString("([0-9]+)", RandomString)
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
if !match {
//Get the position between 0 and the length of the string-1 to insert a random number
position := rand.Intn(count)
//Insert a random number between [0-9] in the position
RandomString = RandomString[:position] + string('0'+rand.Intn(10)) + RandomString[position+1:]
return RandomString, err
}
return RandomString, err
}
/*
RandomAlphaNumericCustom creates a random string whose length is the number of characters specified.
Characters will be chosen from the set of alpha-numeric characters as indicated by the arguments.
Parameters:
count - the length of random string to create
letters - if true, generated string may include alphabetic characters
numbers - if true, generated string may include numeric characters
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, RandomSeed(...)
*/
func RandomAlphaNumericCustom(count int, letters bool, numbers bool) (string, error) {
return Random(count, 0, 0, letters, numbers)
}
/*
Random creates a random string based on a variety of options, using default source of randomness.
This method has exactly the same semantics as RandomSeed(int, int, int, bool, bool, []char, *rand.Rand), but
instead of using an externally supplied source of randomness, it uses the internal *rand.Rand instance.
Parameters:
count - the length of random string to create
start - the position in set of chars (ASCII/Unicode int) to start at
end - the position in set of chars (ASCII/Unicode int) to end before
letters - if true, generated string may include alphabetic characters
numbers - if true, generated string may include numeric characters
chars - the set of chars to choose randoms from. If nil, then it will use the set of all chars.
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from an invalid parameter within underlying function, RandomSeed(...)
*/
func Random(count int, start int, end int, letters bool, numbers bool, chars ...rune) (string, error) {
return RandomSeed(count, start, end, letters, numbers, chars, RANDOM)
}
/*
RandomSeed creates a random string based on a variety of options, using supplied source of randomness.
If the parameters start and end are both 0, start and end are set to ' ' and 'z', the ASCII printable characters, will be used,
unless letters and numbers are both false, in which case, start and end are set to 0 and math.MaxInt32, respectively.
If chars is not nil, characters stored in chars that are between start and end are chosen.
This method accepts a user-supplied *rand.Rand instance to use as a source of randomness. By seeding a single *rand.Rand instance
with a fixed seed and using it for each call, the same random sequence of strings can be generated repeatedly and predictably.
Parameters:
count - the length of random string to create
start - the position in set of chars (ASCII/Unicode decimals) to start at
end - the position in set of chars (ASCII/Unicode decimals) to end before
letters - if true, generated string may include alphabetic characters
numbers - if true, generated string may include numeric characters
chars - the set of chars to choose randoms from. If nil, then it will use the set of all chars.
random - a source of randomness.
Returns:
string - the random string
error - an error stemming from invalid parameters: if count < 0; or the provided chars array is empty; or end <= start; or end > len(chars)
*/
func RandomSeed(count int, start int, end int, letters bool, numbers bool, chars []rune, random *rand.Rand) (string, error) {
if count == 0 {
return "", nil
} else if count < 0 {
err := fmt.Errorf("randomstringutils illegal argument: Requested random string length %v is less than 0.", count) // equiv to err := errors.New("...")
return "", err
}
if chars != nil && len(chars) == 0 {
err := fmt.Errorf("randomstringutils illegal argument: The chars array must not be empty")
return "", err
}
if start == 0 && end == 0 {
if chars != nil {
end = len(chars)
} else {
if !letters && !numbers {
end = math.MaxInt32
} else {
end = 'z' + 1
start = ' '
}
}
} else {
if end <= start {
err := fmt.Errorf("randomstringutils illegal argument: Parameter end (%v) must be greater than start (%v)", end, start)
return "", err
}
if chars != nil && end > len(chars) {
err := fmt.Errorf("randomstringutils illegal argument: Parameter end (%v) cannot be greater than len(chars) (%v)", end, len(chars))
return "", err
}
}
buffer := make([]rune, count)
gap := end - start
// high-surrogates range, (\uD800-\uDBFF) = 55296 - 56319
// low-surrogates range, (\uDC00-\uDFFF) = 56320 - 57343
for count != 0 {
count--
var ch rune
if chars == nil {
ch = rune(random.Intn(gap) + start)
} else {
ch = chars[random.Intn(gap)+start]
}
if letters && unicode.IsLetter(ch) || numbers && unicode.IsDigit(ch) || !letters && !numbers {
if ch >= 56320 && ch <= 57343 { // low surrogate range
if count == 0 {
count++
} else {
// Insert low surrogate
buffer[count] = ch
count--
// Insert high surrogate
buffer[count] = rune(55296 + random.Intn(128))
}
} else if ch >= 55296 && ch <= 56191 { // High surrogates range (Partial)
if count == 0 {
count++
} else {
// Insert low surrogate
buffer[count] = rune(56320 + random.Intn(128))
count--
// Insert high surrogate
buffer[count] = ch
}
} else if ch >= 56192 && ch <= 56319 {
// private high surrogate, skip it
count++
} else {
// not one of the surrogates*
buffer[count] = ch
}
} else {
count++
}
}
return string(buffer), nil
}

224
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/goutils/stringutils.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
/*
Copyright 2014 Alexander Okoli
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
*/
package goutils
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"strings"
"unicode"
)
// Typically returned by functions where a searched item cannot be found
const INDEX_NOT_FOUND = -1
/*
Abbreviate abbreviates a string using ellipses. This will turn the string "Now is the time for all good men" into "Now is the time for..."
Specifically, the algorithm is as follows:
- If str is less than maxWidth characters long, return it.
- Else abbreviate it to (str[0:maxWidth - 3] + "...").
- If maxWidth is less than 4, return an illegal argument error.
- In no case will it return a string of length greater than maxWidth.
Parameters:
str - the string to check
maxWidth - maximum length of result string, must be at least 4
Returns:
string - abbreviated string
error - if the width is too small
*/
func Abbreviate(str string, maxWidth int) (string, error) {
return AbbreviateFull(str, 0, maxWidth)
}
/*
AbbreviateFull abbreviates a string using ellipses. This will turn the string "Now is the time for all good men" into "...is the time for..."
This function works like Abbreviate(string, int), but allows you to specify a "left edge" offset. Note that this left edge is not
necessarily going to be the leftmost character in the result, or the first character following the ellipses, but it will appear
somewhere in the result.
In no case will it return a string of length greater than maxWidth.
Parameters:
str - the string to check
offset - left edge of source string
maxWidth - maximum length of result string, must be at least 4
Returns:
string - abbreviated string
error - if the width is too small
*/
func AbbreviateFull(str string, offset int, maxWidth int) (string, error) {
if str == "" {
return "", nil
}
if maxWidth < 4 {
err := fmt.Errorf("stringutils illegal argument: Minimum abbreviation width is 4")
return "", err
}
if len(str) <= maxWidth {
return str, nil
}
if offset > len(str) {
offset = len(str)
}
if len(str)-offset < (maxWidth - 3) { // 15 - 5 < 10 - 3 = 10 < 7
offset = len(str) - (maxWidth - 3)
}
abrevMarker := "..."
if offset <= 4 {
return str[0:maxWidth-3] + abrevMarker, nil // str.substring(0, maxWidth - 3) + abrevMarker;
}
if maxWidth < 7 {
err := fmt.Errorf("stringutils illegal argument: Minimum abbreviation width with offset is 7")
return "", err
}
if (offset + maxWidth - 3) < len(str) { // 5 + (10-3) < 15 = 12 < 15
abrevStr, _ := Abbreviate(str[offset:len(str)], (maxWidth - 3))
return abrevMarker + abrevStr, nil // abrevMarker + abbreviate(str.substring(offset), maxWidth - 3);
}
return abrevMarker + str[(len(str)-(maxWidth-3)):len(str)], nil // abrevMarker + str.substring(str.length() - (maxWidth - 3));
}
/*
DeleteWhiteSpace deletes all whitespaces from a string as defined by unicode.IsSpace(rune).
It returns the string without whitespaces.
Parameter:
str - the string to delete whitespace from, may be nil
Returns:
the string without whitespaces
*/
func DeleteWhiteSpace(str string) string {
if str == "" {
return str
}
sz := len(str)
var chs bytes.Buffer
count := 0
for i := 0; i < sz; i++ {
ch := rune(str[i])
if !unicode.IsSpace(ch) {
chs.WriteRune(ch)
count++
}
}
if count == sz {
return str
}
return chs.String()
}
/*
IndexOfDifference compares two strings, and returns the index at which the strings begin to differ.
Parameters:
str1 - the first string
str2 - the second string
Returns:
the index where str1 and str2 begin to differ; -1 if they are equal
*/
func IndexOfDifference(str1 string, str2 string) int {
if str1 == str2 {
return INDEX_NOT_FOUND
}
if IsEmpty(str1) || IsEmpty(str2) {
return 0
}
var i int
for i = 0; i < len(str1) && i < len(str2); i++ {
if rune(str1[i]) != rune(str2[i]) {
break
}
}
if i < len(str2) || i < len(str1) {
return i
}
return INDEX_NOT_FOUND
}
/*
IsBlank checks if a string is whitespace or empty (""). Observe the following behavior:
goutils.IsBlank("") = true
goutils.IsBlank(" ") = true
goutils.IsBlank("bob") = false
goutils.IsBlank(" bob ") = false
Parameter:
str - the string to check
Returns:
true - if the string is whitespace or empty ("")
*/
func IsBlank(str string) bool {
strLen := len(str)
if str == "" || strLen == 0 {
return true
}
for i := 0; i < strLen; i++ {
if unicode.IsSpace(rune(str[i])) == false {
return false
}
}
return true
}
/*
IndexOf returns the index of the first instance of sub in str, with the search beginning from the
index start point specified. -1 is returned if sub is not present in str.
An empty string ("") will return -1 (INDEX_NOT_FOUND). A negative start position is treated as zero.
A start position greater than the string length returns -1.
Parameters:
str - the string to check
sub - the substring to find
start - the start position; negative treated as zero
Returns:
the first index where the sub string was found (always >= start)
*/
func IndexOf(str string, sub string, start int) int {
if start < 0 {
start = 0
}
if len(str) < start {
return INDEX_NOT_FOUND
}
if IsEmpty(str) || IsEmpty(sub) {
return INDEX_NOT_FOUND
}
partialIndex := strings.Index(str[start:len(str)], sub)
if partialIndex == -1 {
return INDEX_NOT_FOUND
}
return partialIndex + start
}
// IsEmpty checks if a string is empty (""). Returns true if empty, and false otherwise.
func IsEmpty(str string) bool {
return len(str) == 0
}

357
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/goutils/wordutils.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
/*
Copyright 2014 Alexander Okoli
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
*/
/*
Package goutils provides utility functions to manipulate strings in various ways.
The code snippets below show examples of how to use goutils. Some functions return
errors while others do not, so usage would vary as a result.
Example:
package main
import (
"fmt"
"github.com/aokoli/goutils"
)
func main() {
// EXAMPLE 1: A goutils function which returns no errors
fmt.Println (goutils.Initials("John Doe Foo")) // Prints out "JDF"
// EXAMPLE 2: A goutils function which returns an error
rand1, err1 := goutils.Random (-1, 0, 0, true, true)
if err1 != nil {
fmt.Println(err1) // Prints out error message because -1 was entered as the first parameter in goutils.Random(...)
} else {
fmt.Println(rand1)
}
}
*/
package goutils
import (
"bytes"
"strings"
"unicode"
)
// VERSION indicates the current version of goutils
const VERSION = "1.0.0"
/*
Wrap wraps a single line of text, identifying words by ' '.
New lines will be separated by '\n'. Very long words, such as URLs will not be wrapped.
Leading spaces on a new line are stripped. Trailing spaces are not stripped.
Parameters:
str - the string to be word wrapped
wrapLength - the column (a column can fit only one character) to wrap the words at, less than 1 is treated as 1
Returns:
a line with newlines inserted
*/
func Wrap(str string, wrapLength int) string {
return WrapCustom(str, wrapLength, "", false)
}
/*
WrapCustom wraps a single line of text, identifying words by ' '.
Leading spaces on a new line are stripped. Trailing spaces are not stripped.
Parameters:
str - the string to be word wrapped
wrapLength - the column number (a column can fit only one character) to wrap the words at, less than 1 is treated as 1
newLineStr - the string to insert for a new line, "" uses '\n'
wrapLongWords - true if long words (such as URLs) should be wrapped
Returns:
a line with newlines inserted
*/
func WrapCustom(str string, wrapLength int, newLineStr string, wrapLongWords bool) string {
if str == "" {
return ""
}
if newLineStr == "" {
newLineStr = "\n" // TODO Assumes "\n" is seperator. Explore SystemUtils.LINE_SEPARATOR from Apache Commons
}
if wrapLength < 1 {
wrapLength = 1
}
inputLineLength := len(str)
offset := 0
var wrappedLine bytes.Buffer
for inputLineLength-offset > wrapLength {
if rune(str[offset]) == ' ' {
offset++
continue
}
end := wrapLength + offset + 1
spaceToWrapAt := strings.LastIndex(str[offset:end], " ") + offset
if spaceToWrapAt >= offset {
// normal word (not longer than wrapLength)
wrappedLine.WriteString(str[offset:spaceToWrapAt])
wrappedLine.WriteString(newLineStr)
offset = spaceToWrapAt + 1
} else {
// long word or URL
if wrapLongWords {
end := wrapLength + offset
// long words are wrapped one line at a time
wrappedLine.WriteString(str[offset:end])
wrappedLine.WriteString(newLineStr)
offset += wrapLength
} else {
// long words aren't wrapped, just extended beyond limit
end := wrapLength + offset
index := strings.IndexRune(str[end:len(str)], ' ')
if index == -1 {
wrappedLine.WriteString(str[offset:len(str)])
offset = inputLineLength
} else {
spaceToWrapAt = index + end
wrappedLine.WriteString(str[offset:spaceToWrapAt])
wrappedLine.WriteString(newLineStr)
offset = spaceToWrapAt + 1
}
}
}
}
wrappedLine.WriteString(str[offset:len(str)])
return wrappedLine.String()
}
/*
Capitalize capitalizes all the delimiter separated words in a string. Only the first letter of each word is changed.
To convert the rest of each word to lowercase at the same time, use CapitalizeFully(str string, delimiters ...rune).
The delimiters represent a set of characters understood to separate words. The first string character
and the first non-delimiter character after a delimiter will be capitalized. A "" input string returns "".
Capitalization uses the Unicode title case, normally equivalent to upper case.
Parameters:
str - the string to capitalize
delimiters - set of characters to determine capitalization, exclusion of this parameter means whitespace would be delimeter
Returns:
capitalized string
*/
func Capitalize(str string, delimiters ...rune) string {
var delimLen int
if delimiters == nil {
delimLen = -1
} else {
delimLen = len(delimiters)
}
if str == "" || delimLen == 0 {
return str
}
buffer := []rune(str)
capitalizeNext := true
for i := 0; i < len(buffer); i++ {
ch := buffer[i]
if isDelimiter(ch, delimiters...) {
capitalizeNext = true
} else if capitalizeNext {
buffer[i] = unicode.ToTitle(ch)
capitalizeNext = false
}
}
return string(buffer)
}
/*
CapitalizeFully converts all the delimiter separated words in a string into capitalized words, that is each word is made up of a
titlecase character and then a series of lowercase characters. The delimiters represent a set of characters understood
to separate words. The first string character and the first non-delimiter character after a delimiter will be capitalized.
Capitalization uses the Unicode title case, normally equivalent to upper case.
Parameters:
str - the string to capitalize fully
delimiters - set of characters to determine capitalization, exclusion of this parameter means whitespace would be delimeter
Returns:
capitalized string
*/
func CapitalizeFully(str string, delimiters ...rune) string {
var delimLen int
if delimiters == nil {
delimLen = -1
} else {
delimLen = len(delimiters)
}
if str == "" || delimLen == 0 {
return str
}
str = strings.ToLower(str)
return Capitalize(str, delimiters...)
}
/*
Uncapitalize uncapitalizes all the whitespace separated words in a string. Only the first letter of each word is changed.
The delimiters represent a set of characters understood to separate words. The first string character and the first non-delimiter
character after a delimiter will be uncapitalized. Whitespace is defined by unicode.IsSpace(char).
Parameters:
str - the string to uncapitalize fully
delimiters - set of characters to determine capitalization, exclusion of this parameter means whitespace would be delimeter
Returns:
uncapitalized string
*/
func Uncapitalize(str string, delimiters ...rune) string {
var delimLen int
if delimiters == nil {
delimLen = -1
} else {
delimLen = len(delimiters)
}
if str == "" || delimLen == 0 {
return str
}
buffer := []rune(str)
uncapitalizeNext := true // TODO Always makes capitalize/un apply to first char.
for i := 0; i < len(buffer); i++ {
ch := buffer[i]
if isDelimiter(ch, delimiters...) {
uncapitalizeNext = true
} else if uncapitalizeNext {
buffer[i] = unicode.ToLower(ch)
uncapitalizeNext = false
}
}
return string(buffer)
}
/*
SwapCase swaps the case of a string using a word based algorithm.
Conversion algorithm:
Upper case character converts to Lower case
Title case character converts to Lower case
Lower case character after Whitespace or at start converts to Title case
Other Lower case character converts to Upper case
Whitespace is defined by unicode.IsSpace(char).
Parameters:
str - the string to swap case
Returns:
the changed string
*/
func SwapCase(str string) string {
if str == "" {
return str
}
buffer := []rune(str)
whitespace := true
for i := 0; i < len(buffer); i++ {
ch := buffer[i]
if unicode.IsUpper(ch) {
buffer[i] = unicode.ToLower(ch)
whitespace = false
} else if unicode.IsTitle(ch) {
buffer[i] = unicode.ToLower(ch)
whitespace = false
} else if unicode.IsLower(ch) {
if whitespace {
buffer[i] = unicode.ToTitle(ch)
whitespace = false
} else {
buffer[i] = unicode.ToUpper(ch)
}
} else {
whitespace = unicode.IsSpace(ch)
}
}
return string(buffer)
}
/*
Initials extracts the initial letters from each word in the string. The first letter of the string and all first
letters after the defined delimiters are returned as a new string. Their case is not changed. If the delimiters
parameter is excluded, then Whitespace is used. Whitespace is defined by unicode.IsSpacea(char). An empty delimiter array returns an empty string.
Parameters:
str - the string to get initials from
delimiters - set of characters to determine words, exclusion of this parameter means whitespace would be delimeter
Returns:
string of initial letters
*/
func Initials(str string, delimiters ...rune) string {
if str == "" {
return str
}
if delimiters != nil && len(delimiters) == 0 {
return ""
}
strLen := len(str)
var buf bytes.Buffer
lastWasGap := true
for i := 0; i < strLen; i++ {
ch := rune(str[i])
if isDelimiter(ch, delimiters...) {
lastWasGap = true
} else if lastWasGap {
buf.WriteRune(ch)
lastWasGap = false
}
}
return buf.String()
}
// private function (lower case func name)
func isDelimiter(ch rune, delimiters ...rune) bool {
if delimiters == nil {
return unicode.IsSpace(ch)
}
for _, delimiter := range delimiters {
if ch == delimiter {
return true
}
}
return false
}

29
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/.travis.yml generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
language: go
go:
- 1.6.x
- 1.7.x
- 1.8.x
- 1.9.x
- 1.10.x
- 1.11.x
- 1.12.x
- tip
# Setting sudo access to false will let Travis CI use containers rather than
# VMs to run the tests. For more details see:
# - http://docs.travis-ci.com/user/workers/container-based-infrastructure/
# - http://docs.travis-ci.com/user/workers/standard-infrastructure/
sudo: false
script:
- make setup
- make test
notifications:
webhooks:
urls:
- https://webhooks.gitter.im/e/06e3328629952dabe3e0
on_success: change # options: [always|never|change] default: always
on_failure: always # options: [always|never|change] default: always
on_start: never # options: [always|never|change] default: always

109
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/CHANGELOG.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
# 1.5.0 (2019-09-11)
## Added
- #103: Add basic fuzzing for `NewVersion()` (thanks @jesse-c)
## Changed
- #82: Clarify wildcard meaning in range constraints and update tests for it (thanks @greysteil)
- #83: Clarify caret operator range for pre-1.0.0 dependencies (thanks @greysteil)
- #72: Adding docs comment pointing to vert for a cli
- #71: Update the docs on pre-release comparator handling
- #89: Test with new go versions (thanks @thedevsaddam)
- #87: Added $ to ValidPrerelease for better validation (thanks @jeremycarroll)
## Fixed
- #78: Fix unchecked error in example code (thanks @ravron)
- #70: Fix the handling of pre-releases and the 0.0.0 release edge case
- #97: Fixed copyright file for proper display on GitHub
- #107: Fix handling prerelease when sorting alphanum and num
- #109: Fixed where Validate sometimes returns wrong message on error
# 1.4.2 (2018-04-10)
## Changed
- #72: Updated the docs to point to vert for a console appliaction
- #71: Update the docs on pre-release comparator handling
## Fixed
- #70: Fix the handling of pre-releases and the 0.0.0 release edge case
# 1.4.1 (2018-04-02)
## Fixed
- Fixed #64: Fix pre-release precedence issue (thanks @uudashr)
# 1.4.0 (2017-10-04)
## Changed
- #61: Update NewVersion to parse ints with a 64bit int size (thanks @zknill)
# 1.3.1 (2017-07-10)
## Fixed
- Fixed #57: number comparisons in prerelease sometimes inaccurate
# 1.3.0 (2017-05-02)
## Added
- #45: Added json (un)marshaling support (thanks @mh-cbon)
- Stability marker. See https://masterminds.github.io/stability/
## Fixed
- #51: Fix handling of single digit tilde constraint (thanks @dgodd)
## Changed
- #55: The godoc icon moved from png to svg
# 1.2.3 (2017-04-03)
## Fixed
- #46: Fixed 0.x.x and 0.0.x in constraints being treated as *
# Release 1.2.2 (2016-12-13)
## Fixed
- #34: Fixed issue where hyphen range was not working with pre-release parsing.
# Release 1.2.1 (2016-11-28)
## Fixed
- #24: Fixed edge case issue where constraint "> 0" does not handle "0.0.1-alpha"
properly.
# Release 1.2.0 (2016-11-04)
## Added
- #20: Added MustParse function for versions (thanks @adamreese)
- #15: Added increment methods on versions (thanks @mh-cbon)
## Fixed
- Issue #21: Per the SemVer spec (section 9) a pre-release is unstable and
might not satisfy the intended compatibility. The change here ignores pre-releases
on constraint checks (e.g., ~ or ^) when a pre-release is not part of the
constraint. For example, `^1.2.3` will ignore pre-releases while
`^1.2.3-alpha` will include them.
# Release 1.1.1 (2016-06-30)
## Changed
- Issue #9: Speed up version comparison performance (thanks @sdboyer)
- Issue #8: Added benchmarks (thanks @sdboyer)
- Updated Go Report Card URL to new location
- Updated Readme to add code snippet formatting (thanks @mh-cbon)
- Updating tagging to v[SemVer] structure for compatibility with other tools.
# Release 1.1.0 (2016-03-11)
- Issue #2: Implemented validation to provide reasons a versions failed a
constraint.
# Release 1.0.1 (2015-12-31)
- Fixed #1: * constraint failing on valid versions.
# Release 1.0.0 (2015-10-20)
- Initial release

19
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/LICENSE.txt generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
Copyright (C) 2014-2019, Matt Butcher and Matt Farina
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.

36
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/Makefile generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
.PHONY: setup
setup:
go get -u gopkg.in/alecthomas/gometalinter.v1
gometalinter.v1 --install
.PHONY: test
test: validate lint
@echo "==> Running tests"
go test -v
.PHONY: validate
validate:
@echo "==> Running static validations"
@gometalinter.v1 \
--disable-all \
--enable deadcode \
--severity deadcode:error \
--enable gofmt \
--enable gosimple \
--enable ineffassign \
--enable misspell \
--enable vet \
--tests \
--vendor \
--deadline 60s \
./... || exit_code=1
.PHONY: lint
lint:
@echo "==> Running linters"
@gometalinter.v1 \
--disable-all \
--enable golint \
--vendor \
--deadline 60s \
./... || :

194
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/README.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
# SemVer
The `semver` package provides the ability to work with [Semantic Versions](http://semver.org) in Go. Specifically it provides the ability to:
* Parse semantic versions
* Sort semantic versions
* Check if a semantic version fits within a set of constraints
* Optionally work with a `v` prefix
[![Stability:
Active](https://masterminds.github.io/stability/active.svg)](https://masterminds.github.io/stability/active.html)
[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/Masterminds/semver.svg)](https://travis-ci.org/Masterminds/semver) [![Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/jfk66lib7hb985k8/branch/master?svg=true&passingText=windows%20build%20passing&failingText=windows%20build%20failing)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/mattfarina/semver/branch/master) [![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/semver?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/semver) [![Go Report Card](https://goreportcard.com/badge/github.com/Masterminds/semver)](https://goreportcard.com/report/github.com/Masterminds/semver)
If you are looking for a command line tool for version comparisons please see
[vert](https://github.com/Masterminds/vert) which uses this library.
## Parsing Semantic Versions
To parse a semantic version use the `NewVersion` function. For example,
```go
v, err := semver.NewVersion("1.2.3-beta.1+build345")
```
If there is an error the version wasn't parseable. The version object has methods
to get the parts of the version, compare it to other versions, convert the
version back into a string, and get the original string. For more details
please see the [documentation](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/semver).
## Sorting Semantic Versions
A set of versions can be sorted using the [`sort`](https://golang.org/pkg/sort/)
package from the standard library. For example,
```go
raw := []string{"1.2.3", "1.0", "1.3", "2", "0.4.2",}
vs := make([]*semver.Version, len(raw))
for i, r := range raw {
v, err := semver.NewVersion(r)
if err != nil {
t.Errorf("Error parsing version: %s", err)
}
vs[i] = v
}
sort.Sort(semver.Collection(vs))
```
## Checking Version Constraints
Checking a version against version constraints is one of the most featureful
parts of the package.
```go
c, err := semver.NewConstraint(">= 1.2.3")
if err != nil {
// Handle constraint not being parseable.
}
v, _ := semver.NewVersion("1.3")
if err != nil {
// Handle version not being parseable.
}
// Check if the version meets the constraints. The a variable will be true.
a := c.Check(v)
```
## Basic Comparisons
There are two elements to the comparisons. First, a comparison string is a list
of comma separated and comparisons. These are then separated by || separated or
comparisons. For example, `">= 1.2, < 3.0.0 || >= 4.2.3"` is looking for a
comparison that's greater than or equal to 1.2 and less than 3.0.0 or is
greater than or equal to 4.2.3.
The basic comparisons are:
* `=`: equal (aliased to no operator)
* `!=`: not equal
* `>`: greater than
* `<`: less than
* `>=`: greater than or equal to
* `<=`: less than or equal to
## Working With Pre-release Versions
Pre-releases, for those not familiar with them, are used for software releases
prior to stable or generally available releases. Examples of pre-releases include
development, alpha, beta, and release candidate releases. A pre-release may be
a version such as `1.2.3-beta.1` while the stable release would be `1.2.3`. In the
order of precidence, pre-releases come before their associated releases. In this
example `1.2.3-beta.1 < 1.2.3`.
According to the Semantic Version specification pre-releases may not be
API compliant with their release counterpart. It says,
> A pre-release version indicates that the version is unstable and might not satisfy the intended compatibility requirements as denoted by its associated normal version.
SemVer comparisons without a pre-release comparator will skip pre-release versions.
For example, `>=1.2.3` will skip pre-releases when looking at a list of releases
while `>=1.2.3-0` will evaluate and find pre-releases.
The reason for the `0` as a pre-release version in the example comparison is
because pre-releases can only contain ASCII alphanumerics and hyphens (along with
`.` separators), per the spec. Sorting happens in ASCII sort order, again per the spec. The lowest character is a `0` in ASCII sort order (see an [ASCII Table](http://www.asciitable.com/))
Understanding ASCII sort ordering is important because A-Z comes before a-z. That
means `>=1.2.3-BETA` will return `1.2.3-alpha`. What you might expect from case
sensitivity doesn't apply here. This is due to ASCII sort ordering which is what
the spec specifies.
## Hyphen Range Comparisons
There are multiple methods to handle ranges and the first is hyphens ranges.
These look like:
* `1.2 - 1.4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 1.2, <= 1.4.5`
* `2.3.4 - 4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 2.3.4, <= 4.5`
## Wildcards In Comparisons
The `x`, `X`, and `*` characters can be used as a wildcard character. This works
for all comparison operators. When used on the `=` operator it falls
back to the pack level comparison (see tilde below). For example,
* `1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 1.3.0`
* `>= 1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0`
* `<= 2.x` is equivalent to `< 3`
* `*` is equivalent to `>= 0.0.0`
## Tilde Range Comparisons (Patch)
The tilde (`~`) comparison operator is for patch level ranges when a minor
version is specified and major level changes when the minor number is missing.
For example,
* `~1.2.3` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.3, < 1.3.0`
* `~1` is equivalent to `>= 1, < 2`
* `~2.3` is equivalent to `>= 2.3, < 2.4`
* `~1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 1.3.0`
* `~1.x` is equivalent to `>= 1, < 2`
## Caret Range Comparisons (Major)
The caret (`^`) comparison operator is for major level changes. This is useful
when comparisons of API versions as a major change is API breaking. For example,
* `^1.2.3` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.3, < 2.0.0`
* `^0.0.1` is equivalent to `>= 0.0.1, < 1.0.0`
* `^1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 2.0.0`
* `^2.3` is equivalent to `>= 2.3, < 3`
* `^2.x` is equivalent to `>= 2.0.0, < 3`
# Validation
In addition to testing a version against a constraint, a version can be validated
against a constraint. When validation fails a slice of errors containing why a
version didn't meet the constraint is returned. For example,
```go
c, err := semver.NewConstraint("<= 1.2.3, >= 1.4")
if err != nil {
// Handle constraint not being parseable.
}
v, _ := semver.NewVersion("1.3")
if err != nil {
// Handle version not being parseable.
}
// Validate a version against a constraint.
a, msgs := c.Validate(v)
// a is false
for _, m := range msgs {
fmt.Println(m)
// Loops over the errors which would read
// "1.3 is greater than 1.2.3"
// "1.3 is less than 1.4"
}
```
# Fuzzing
[dvyukov/go-fuzz](https://github.com/dvyukov/go-fuzz) is used for fuzzing.
1. `go-fuzz-build`
2. `go-fuzz -workdir=fuzz`
# Contribute
If you find an issue or want to contribute please file an [issue](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/issues)
or [create a pull request](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/pulls).

44
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/appveyor.yml generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
version: build-{build}.{branch}
clone_folder: C:\gopath\src\github.com\Masterminds\semver
shallow_clone: true
environment:
GOPATH: C:\gopath
platform:
- x64
install:
- go version
- go env
- go get -u gopkg.in/alecthomas/gometalinter.v1
- set PATH=%PATH%;%GOPATH%\bin
- gometalinter.v1.exe --install
build_script:
- go install -v ./...
test_script:
- "gometalinter.v1 \
--disable-all \
--enable deadcode \
--severity deadcode:error \
--enable gofmt \
--enable gosimple \
--enable ineffassign \
--enable misspell \
--enable vet \
--tests \
--vendor \
--deadline 60s \
./... || exit_code=1"
- "gometalinter.v1 \
--disable-all \
--enable golint \
--vendor \
--deadline 60s \
./... || :"
- go test -v
deploy: off

24
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/collection.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
package semver
// Collection is a collection of Version instances and implements the sort
// interface. See the sort package for more details.
// https://golang.org/pkg/sort/
type Collection []*Version
// Len returns the length of a collection. The number of Version instances
// on the slice.
func (c Collection) Len() int {
return len(c)
}
// Less is needed for the sort interface to compare two Version objects on the
// slice. If checks if one is less than the other.
func (c Collection) Less(i, j int) bool {
return c[i].LessThan(c[j])
}
// Swap is needed for the sort interface to replace the Version objects
// at two different positions in the slice.
func (c Collection) Swap(i, j int) {
c[i], c[j] = c[j], c[i]
}

423
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/constraints.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
package semver
import (
"errors"
"fmt"
"regexp"
"strings"
)
// Constraints is one or more constraint that a semantic version can be
// checked against.
type Constraints struct {
constraints [][]*constraint
}
// NewConstraint returns a Constraints instance that a Version instance can
// be checked against. If there is a parse error it will be returned.
func NewConstraint(c string) (*Constraints, error) {
// Rewrite - ranges into a comparison operation.
c = rewriteRange(c)
ors := strings.Split(c, "||")
or := make([][]*constraint, len(ors))
for k, v := range ors {
cs := strings.Split(v, ",")
result := make([]*constraint, len(cs))
for i, s := range cs {
pc, err := parseConstraint(s)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
result[i] = pc
}
or[k] = result
}
o := &Constraints{constraints: or}
return o, nil
}
// Check tests if a version satisfies the constraints.
func (cs Constraints) Check(v *Version) bool {
// loop over the ORs and check the inner ANDs
for _, o := range cs.constraints {
joy := true
for _, c := range o {
if !c.check(v) {
joy = false
break
}
}
if joy {
return true
}
}
return false
}
// Validate checks if a version satisfies a constraint. If not a slice of
// reasons for the failure are returned in addition to a bool.
func (cs Constraints) Validate(v *Version) (bool, []error) {
// loop over the ORs and check the inner ANDs
var e []error
// Capture the prerelease message only once. When it happens the first time
// this var is marked
var prerelesase bool
for _, o := range cs.constraints {
joy := true
for _, c := range o {
// Before running the check handle the case there the version is
// a prerelease and the check is not searching for prereleases.
if c.con.pre == "" && v.pre != "" {
if !prerelesase {
em := fmt.Errorf("%s is a prerelease version and the constraint is only looking for release versions", v)
e = append(e, em)
prerelesase = true
}
joy = false
} else {
if !c.check(v) {
em := fmt.Errorf(c.msg, v, c.orig)
e = append(e, em)
joy = false
}
}
}
if joy {
return true, []error{}
}
}
return false, e
}
var constraintOps map[string]cfunc
var constraintMsg map[string]string
var constraintRegex *regexp.Regexp
func init() {
constraintOps = map[string]cfunc{
"": constraintTildeOrEqual,
"=": constraintTildeOrEqual,
"!=": constraintNotEqual,
">": constraintGreaterThan,
"<": constraintLessThan,
">=": constraintGreaterThanEqual,
"=>": constraintGreaterThanEqual,
"<=": constraintLessThanEqual,
"=<": constraintLessThanEqual,
"~": constraintTilde,
"~>": constraintTilde,
"^": constraintCaret,
}
constraintMsg = map[string]string{
"": "%s is not equal to %s",
"=": "%s is not equal to %s",
"!=": "%s is equal to %s",
">": "%s is less than or equal to %s",
"<": "%s is greater than or equal to %s",
">=": "%s is less than %s",
"=>": "%s is less than %s",
"<=": "%s is greater than %s",
"=<": "%s is greater than %s",
"~": "%s does not have same major and minor version as %s",
"~>": "%s does not have same major and minor version as %s",
"^": "%s does not have same major version as %s",
}
ops := make([]string, 0, len(constraintOps))
for k := range constraintOps {
ops = append(ops, regexp.QuoteMeta(k))
}
constraintRegex = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(
`^\s*(%s)\s*(%s)\s*$`,
strings.Join(ops, "|"),
cvRegex))
constraintRangeRegex = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(
`\s*(%s)\s+-\s+(%s)\s*`,
cvRegex, cvRegex))
}
// An individual constraint
type constraint struct {
// The callback function for the restraint. It performs the logic for
// the constraint.
function cfunc
msg string
// The version used in the constraint check. For example, if a constraint
// is '<= 2.0.0' the con a version instance representing 2.0.0.
con *Version
// The original parsed version (e.g., 4.x from != 4.x)
orig string
// When an x is used as part of the version (e.g., 1.x)
minorDirty bool
dirty bool
patchDirty bool
}
// Check if a version meets the constraint
func (c *constraint) check(v *Version) bool {
return c.function(v, c)
}
type cfunc func(v *Version, c *constraint) bool
func parseConstraint(c string) (*constraint, error) {
m := constraintRegex.FindStringSubmatch(c)
if m == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("improper constraint: %s", c)
}
ver := m[2]
orig := ver
minorDirty := false
patchDirty := false
dirty := false
if isX(m[3]) {
ver = "0.0.0"
dirty = true
} else if isX(strings.TrimPrefix(m[4], ".")) || m[4] == "" {
minorDirty = true
dirty = true
ver = fmt.Sprintf("%s.0.0%s", m[3], m[6])
} else if isX(strings.TrimPrefix(m[5], ".")) {
dirty = true
patchDirty = true
ver = fmt.Sprintf("%s%s.0%s", m[3], m[4], m[6])
}
con, err := NewVersion(ver)
if err != nil {
// The constraintRegex should catch any regex parsing errors. So,
// we should never get here.
return nil, errors.New("constraint Parser Error")
}
cs := &constraint{
function: constraintOps[m[1]],
msg: constraintMsg[m[1]],
con: con,
orig: orig,
minorDirty: minorDirty,
patchDirty: patchDirty,
dirty: dirty,
}
return cs, nil
}
// Constraint functions
func constraintNotEqual(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
if c.dirty {
// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
// more details.
if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
return false
}
if c.con.Major() != v.Major() {
return true
}
if c.con.Minor() != v.Minor() && !c.minorDirty {
return true
} else if c.minorDirty {
return false
}
return false
}
return !v.Equal(c.con)
}
func constraintGreaterThan(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
// more details.
if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
return false
}
return v.Compare(c.con) == 1
}
func constraintLessThan(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
// more details.
if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
return false
}
if !c.dirty {
return v.Compare(c.con) < 0
}
if v.Major() > c.con.Major() {
return false
} else if v.Minor() > c.con.Minor() && !c.minorDirty {
return false
}
return true
}
func constraintGreaterThanEqual(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
// more details.
if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
return false
}
return v.Compare(c.con) >= 0
}
func constraintLessThanEqual(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
// more details.
if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
return false
}
if !c.dirty {
return v.Compare(c.con) <= 0
}
if v.Major() > c.con.Major() {
return false
} else if v.Minor() > c.con.Minor() && !c.minorDirty {
return false
}
return true
}
// ~*, ~>* --> >= 0.0.0 (any)
// ~2, ~2.x, ~2.x.x, ~>2, ~>2.x ~>2.x.x --> >=2.0.0, <3.0.0
// ~2.0, ~2.0.x, ~>2.0, ~>2.0.x --> >=2.0.0, <2.1.0
// ~1.2, ~1.2.x, ~>1.2, ~>1.2.x --> >=1.2.0, <1.3.0
// ~1.2.3, ~>1.2.3 --> >=1.2.3, <1.3.0
// ~1.2.0, ~>1.2.0 --> >=1.2.0, <1.3.0
func constraintTilde(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
// more details.
if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
return false
}
if v.LessThan(c.con) {
return false
}
// ~0.0.0 is a special case where all constraints are accepted. It's
// equivalent to >= 0.0.0.
if c.con.Major() == 0 && c.con.Minor() == 0 && c.con.Patch() == 0 &&
!c.minorDirty && !c.patchDirty {
return true
}
if v.Major() != c.con.Major() {
return false
}
if v.Minor() != c.con.Minor() && !c.minorDirty {
return false
}
return true
}
// When there is a .x (dirty) status it automatically opts in to ~. Otherwise
// it's a straight =
func constraintTildeOrEqual(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
// more details.
if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
return false
}
if c.dirty {
c.msg = constraintMsg["~"]
return constraintTilde(v, c)
}
return v.Equal(c.con)
}
// ^* --> (any)
// ^2, ^2.x, ^2.x.x --> >=2.0.0, <3.0.0
// ^2.0, ^2.0.x --> >=2.0.0, <3.0.0
// ^1.2, ^1.2.x --> >=1.2.0, <2.0.0
// ^1.2.3 --> >=1.2.3, <2.0.0
// ^1.2.0 --> >=1.2.0, <2.0.0
func constraintCaret(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
// more details.
if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
return false
}
if v.LessThan(c.con) {
return false
}
if v.Major() != c.con.Major() {
return false
}
return true
}
var constraintRangeRegex *regexp.Regexp
const cvRegex string = `v?([0-9|x|X|\*]+)(\.[0-9|x|X|\*]+)?(\.[0-9|x|X|\*]+)?` +
`(-([0-9A-Za-z\-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-]+)*))?` +
`(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-]+)*))?`
func isX(x string) bool {
switch x {
case "x", "*", "X":
return true
default:
return false
}
}
func rewriteRange(i string) string {
m := constraintRangeRegex.FindAllStringSubmatch(i, -1)
if m == nil {
return i
}
o := i
for _, v := range m {
t := fmt.Sprintf(">= %s, <= %s", v[1], v[11])
o = strings.Replace(o, v[0], t, 1)
}
return o
}

115
vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
Package semver provides the ability to work with Semantic Versions (http://semver.org) in Go.
Specifically it provides the ability to:
* Parse semantic versions
* Sort semantic versions
* Check if a semantic version fits within a set of constraints
* Optionally work with a `v` prefix
Parsing Semantic Versions
To parse a semantic version use the `NewVersion` function. For example,
v, err := semver.NewVersion("1.2.3-beta.1+build345")
If there is an error the version wasn't parseable. The version object has methods
to get the parts of the version, compare it to other versions, convert the
version back into a string, and get the original string. For more details
please see the documentation at https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/semver.
Sorting Semantic Versions
A set of versions can be sorted using the `sort` package from the standard library.
For example,
raw := []string{"1.2.3", "1.0", "1.3", "2", "0.4.2",}
vs := make([]*semver.Version, len(raw))
for i, r := range raw {
v, err := semver.NewVersion(r)
if err != nil {
t.Errorf("Error parsing version: %s", err)
}
vs[i] = v
}
sort.Sort(semver.Collection(vs))
Checking Version Constraints
Checking a version against version constraints is one of the most featureful
parts of the package.
c, err := semver.NewConstraint(">= 1.2.3")
if err != nil {
// Handle constraint not being parseable.
}
v, err := semver.NewVersion("1.3")
if err != nil {
// Handle version not being parseable.
}
// Check if the version meets the constraints. The a variable will be true.
a := c.Check(v)
Basic Comparisons
There are two elements to the comparisons. First, a comparison string is a list
of comma separated and comparisons. These are then separated by || separated or
comparisons. For example, `">= 1.2, < 3.0.0 || >= 4.2.3"` is looking for a
comparison that's greater than or equal to 1.2 and less than 3.0.0 or is
greater than or equal to 4.2.3.
The basic comparisons are:
* `=`: equal (aliased to no operator)
* `!=`: not equal
* `>`: greater than
* `<`: less than
* `>=`: greater than or equal to
* `<=`: less than or equal to
Hyphen Range Comparisons
There are multiple methods to handle ranges and the first is hyphens ranges.
These look like:
* `1.2 - 1.4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 1.2, <= 1.4.5`
* `2.3.4 - 4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 2.3.4, <= 4.5`
Wildcards In Comparisons
The `x`, `X`, and `*` characters can be used as a wildcard character. This works
for all comparison operators. When used on the `=` operator it falls
back to the pack level comparison (see tilde below). For example,
* `1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 1.3.0`
* `>= 1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0`
* `<= 2.x` is equivalent to `<= 3`
* `*` is equivalent to `>= 0.0.0`
Tilde Range Comparisons (Patch)
The tilde (`~`) comparison operator is for patch level ranges when a minor
version is specified and major level changes when the minor number is missing.
For example,
* `~1.2.3` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.3, < 1.3.0`
* `~1` is equivalent to `>= 1, < 2`
* `~2.3` is equivalent to `>= 2.3, < 2.4`
* `~1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 1.3.0`
* `~1.x` is equivalent to `>= 1, < 2`
Caret Range Comparisons (Major)
The caret (`^`) comparison operator is for major level changes. This is useful
when comparisons of API versions as a major change is API breaking. For example,
* `^1.2.3` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.3, < 2.0.0`
* `^1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 2.0.0`
* `^2.3` is equivalent to `>= 2.3, < 3`
* `^2.x` is equivalent to `>= 2.0.0, < 3`
*/
package semver

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More